Home Blog Page 2

Best Bad Credit Loans of 2022 – Forbes Advisor


When it comes to personal loans, there are two types of loans: secured loans and unsecured loans. However, if you are having difficulty qualifying for a personal loan, consider other bad credit loans.

Secured and Unsecured Personal Loans for Bad Credit

Traditional personal loans can be secured or unsecured. Secured loans require you to provide something of value (also called collateral), such as your car, savings account, or home, to secure (or secure) the loan. The lender can repossess the collateral if you are late paying or in default. This makes them less risky for a lender, which also means they tend to come with more favorable terms, like lower interest rates and fewer qualification requirements.

Unsecured loans, on the other hand, are the more common of the two and do not require any collateral. Since these loans do not require collateral and therefore pose more risk to lenders, they usually come with higher qualifying conditions and higher interest rates. The loans on this list are all unsecured personal loans.

Student loans for bad credit

If you’re trying to cover college fees, a bad credit student loan is probably the direction you want to look. Although private student loans generally require good credit, borrowers with bad credit can take out federal student loans, which do not require a credit check. Federal loans also come with the most flexible repayment terms, including forgiveness if you work in the civil service or choose certain repayment plans.

Car loans for bad credit

A car loan is a secured loan that uses your car as collateral, meaning the lender can repossess your car in the event of a late payment or default.

Similar to personal loans, qualification requirements for auto loans vary for each lender and dealership. Although we recommend a minimum credit score of 670 for the most favorable terms, you may still qualify for an auto loan with a lower score as long as you meet the debt-to-income ratio (DTI) requirements and bring a down payment. most important.

payday loans for bad credit

Payday loans are small, short-term loans (usually up to $500) that you repay once you get your next paycheck, usually two to four weeks after you take out the loan. Many lenders don’t require a credit check, which is often attractive to people with bad credit. However, don’t get too many illusions. Payday loans come with a ton of risk and exorbitant fees. Consider other alternatives first, such as personal loans or borrowing money from friends and family.

Home equity loans and HELOCs for bad credit

If you have enough equity in your home (the current market value of your home minus the remaining balance of your mortgage), you may be able to get a home equity loan or home equity line of credit ( HELOC). Both allow you to draw on your home, which means your home secures the transaction and the lender can take it back if you don’t pay back. However, home equity loans are paid out in lump sums, while HELOCs limit you to withdrawing funds as needed.

But borrowers with bad credit ratings are unlikely to qualify for these loans. Most traditional lenders require minimum scores between 600 and 620. There may be a specialty lender or credit union that will make an exception, but this is not common. People with scores below 600 should go through hard money lenders, such as private or corporate investors, not a bank. While hard money lenders are more flexible, they are generally a more expensive route.

Digital agency census: North of England businesses explain how to secure remote UK clients


With several agencies in the North of England ranked high in this year’s Digital Agency Census, we’ve taken the temperature from agency leaders across the region on the business outlook for the near future.

Northern English cities such as Manchester and Leeds have long been home to thriving agency scenes. But Covid has wrought economic chaos in the north, with the regional economy harder hit than the rest of the UKaccording to University of Manchesterwhile UK government promises to increase capital investment and transport infrastructure in the region have withered on the vine.

As they face tough business conditions, how confident are agency leaders in the North about their business prospects?

roller coaster ride

Content Marketing and Digital Design Team Think designbased in Bury, Greater Manchester, has had a rollercoaster ride over the past two years, according to co-founder and creative director Paul Grogan.

“In terms of lost work, over the next six to nine months it was in the region of £60,000-70,000. We were only taking £300,000 at the time, so as you can imagine it was a bit of an ‘oh shit’ moment. The April billing was the worst of all.

“But then we got very busy. Since the end of April 2020, we have started to go all out. And we have been ever since.“

Ranked second in the UK in the Census Customer Survey, Think has since the start of the pandemic doubled its workforce and revenue while expanding its range of services and diversifying its customer list.

“We now have a department that serves eight to 10 clients on content marketing strategies, enabling businesses recovering from Covid to get to market,” Grogan says.

Ranked third in the UK by peers, based in Sheffield get up at seven made its remoteness from the capital a virtue, says founder Stephen Kenwright. He says: “We grew very quickly and I don’t think it would have been possible if we had been a London agency. »

The Yorkshire town has two universities, but relatively few agencies – a factor that has helped Rise recruit new talent even as the hiring market turned hot last year. “We were able to recruit quite a few graduates and quite a few people who would otherwise have shuttled between Sheffield and Leeds, Manchester or Nottingham. We haven’t had much competition for staff.

This does not mean that everything was rosy. Rise at Seven customers have been hit by Brexit-related export restrictions, while one customer, household goods brand Cath Kidston, went into administration in the first month of the pandemic. But like Think, Rise at Seven has benefited from the pick-up in marketing activity, and this year it’s expected to bring in £7m in revenue. The agency was founded only three years ago.

Meanwhile, in B2B land, Stein IASranked ninth for awards in the Digital Agency Census among giant names in the industry, retains its UK base in the Cheshire town of Bollington (it is part of the MSQ international network).

According to Craig Duxbury, global client director, the agency has brushed aside the woes of Covid to enjoy its best year in business. He’s seen “more trust” from new and existing customers, he says. “Specializing in something, rather than fishing the same ponds as many others, gives us a differentiated offering.”

“The digitization of brands in the B2B space has accelerated the need for [agencies].“ The lockdown meant B2B customers had to “innovate and accelerate” their digital sales infrastructure – a trend that “we liked a lot”.

Remote Lists

Northern agencies have always had access to the domestic and international economy (many blue chip companies have offices in Manchester or Leeds). But Grogan says Think has managed to access larger national advertisers more successfully over the past three years, having started as a catering agency for startups in Bury and the Greater Manchester area.

“A lot of customers were affected, but not us – we just got back to work,” he explains. “We have become much more UK-wide and have not been affected by local economic nuances and fluctuations. We are quite well isolated.“

It’s a similar story for the Leeds-based company Travel further. Almost 70% of its customers are based outside the north, says managing director Robin Skidmore. “While broader economic factors have impacted the north, they have impacted the entire world, so I don’t see northern businesses specifically taking a hit,” Skidmore says.

“The pandemic has changed the ways of working to our advantage – we are actually able to better access customer and talent pools across the country as remote working has been normalized. We’ve had flexible working since day one, but now we can build relationships virtually while adapting to the new normal. As a company from the North, we have doubled our workforce and revenue in the past 18 months and are about to open our office in the United States soon, and I am proud that a company based in the Nord is growing faster than most businesses in the UK. .“

At Stein IAS, Duxbury notes that staff at its northern base serve customers around the world. But its clientele in the specialized engineering and manufacturing sectors, always a major employer in the northwest, has also sheltered it from local fluctuations.

“We have good customers in the manufacturing sector [and] public sectors, we will still have a rich heritage in aerospace engineering. We have long-standing customers, we just gained two new global customers.“

Regional trust

Grogan is candid about the prospects for outside aid for the region: “The Northern Power Station was a myth, wasn’t it? Let’s be honest. It was hyperbole. And Brexit and Covid have been brutal. We haven’t suffered,” he says, but “a lot of people I talk to in the industry know very low-key agencies. Some have completely gone to the wall.“

Instead, he sees agencies in the region as masters of their own destiny. “It’s a very, very difficult business environment. But what has impacted us the most is the cost. We are trying to raise our prices because of the level of service and the quality of work that we provide, as our overhead costs rise. We still sell a lower day rate than most downtown agencies, but those rates are still lower than they were 10 years ago. We’re not going to depreciate what we do.”

For Kenwright, the period proved that it is possible to compete with agencies in London without a capital postcode. “The fortune of an agency is more linked to the location of the staff than to the location of the clients”, he concludes. “The north is where the people are.”

Discover the best digital agencies in the UK according to their clients and competitors with our Digital Agency Census 2022.

His role in Tennessee if abortions are banned


Even before the United States Supreme Court became increasingly conservative, Planned Parenthood of Tennessee and North Mississippi began preparing for a reality without a constitutional right to abortion.

Politico released a leaked opinion Monday night that suggested the court was considering a decision that would overturn the landmark 1973 Roe v. Wade decision that established a constitutional right to abortion.

In 2019, both houses of the Tennessee General Assembly passed what is known as a “trigger ban” on abortion, a law that would automatically go into effect 30 days after Roe v. Wade.

The passage of the trigger law kicked off preparations for Planned Parenthood; A central part of this planning is the hiring and training of “patient navigators” – reproductive health care providers who will help people access safe and legal abortions outside of Tennessee.

Related: What if Roe v. Wade is cancelled? What we know about the Supreme Court leak project

Roe vs. Wade: What is Roe v. Wade actually said? The landmark abortion rights ruling, explained

Ashley Coffield, CEO of Planned Parenthood, offered insight into a post-Roe v. Wade Tennessee in remarks to reporters Tuesday.

The role of patient navigators, Coffield said, will include assessing barriers a patient faces, such as financial inability or lack of transportation. And for patients recovering from an abortion, Planned Parenthood will still be able to offer follow-up care in Tennessee.

The healthcare provider is also considering offering patients free emergency contraceptive pills, a change from their current practice of offering the contraceptive method at cost.

Planned Parenthood will continue to provide health care options aimed at preventing unwanted pregnancies. Other sexual and reproductive health-related offerings like screening for cancer and sexually transmitted diseases shouldn’t be affected once Planned Parenthood stops offering abortions in Tennessee, Coffield said.

But even as Planned Parenthood plans, a number of unknowns await Tennessee residents who need reproductive health and abortion care providers.

The state’s current count of foster children, about 8,000 according to the Franklin-based nonprofit Tennessee Kids Belong, may increase as more individuals are forced into foster care. parenthood.


What if Roe v. Wade is canceled and abortion is prohibited?

A leaked draft Supreme Court opinion suggests the court is preparing to overturn Roe v. Wade of 1973 which legalized abortion.

Cody Godwin, Associated Press

It’s also unclear what the implications of a post-Roe v. Wade on infant mortality rates. In Shelby County, the number of children dying before their first birthday was among the highest in the country before a concerted effort to give more parents access to prenatal care reduced the death toll.

After: Robert Jeffress and others urge Christian conservatives to engage in politics and fight ‘tyranny’

FROM 2020: Planned Parenthood donates building to OUTMemphis, enabling expansion of services

Tennessee’s maternal mortality rate — deaths caused by pregnancy-related complications — has increased over the past four years, according to state reports. From 2017 to 2020, 113 Tennessee women died from complications of childbirth. According to the state, black women in Tennessee are more than 2.5 times more likely to die from these complications than their white counterparts.

As the healthcare provider and Tennesseans wait to see if the SCOTUS ruling will line up with the leaked draft, Coffield offered reporters a reassurance on Tuesday.

“Removing the right to abortion will have grave consequences in the life and death of our patients, and we will fight like hell to defend their lives,” Coffield said.

Micaela Watts is a reporter for The Commercial Appeal and can be reached at [email protected]

Housing remains top issue in RI among families of color, babies, national report finds


Most families of color in Rhode Island are living in “overcrowded housing” at rates higher than the national average, Patricia Cole, senior director of federal policy at Zero to Three, told The Globe on Monday. Housing for babies and toddlers in Rhode Island, she explained, is one of the biggest problems.

“[Crowded housing] impacts the development of babies,” Cole said. “And that can affect the undivided time that child gets… We need to look at our housing policies and really connect the two.”

Data from the report was made available by Child Trends, a nonpartisan, nonprofit research organization focused on children, youth and families. The State of Babies Yearbook provides a profile of each state’s performance on key indicators: ‘Good Health’, ‘Strong Families’ and ‘Positive Learning Experiences’. States are ranked according to their level of support for children and families in each of these areas. These levels, from least to most favorable, are: “Start”, “Move forward”, “Improve results” and “Work effectively”. The levels are based on a number of indicators, including birth weight, infant mortality rate, uninsured rates of low-income infants and toddlers, and prenatal care, among others.

Northeastern and Northwestern states reached the highest tier, which included Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Maine, Vermont, Maryland, New Jersey, Washington, Oregon, Colorado, Minnesota and the District of Columbia.

Thirteen states, located mostly in the south, in the Great Plains or Mountain West, reached the lowest level, which included Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, the Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, South Carolina, Texas, and Wyoming.

More than 60 indicators and policy areas were examined using census data, the National Child Health Survey, the Rapid Assessment of the Impact of the Pandemic on Development, the Survey of from early childhood households and other sources.

However, no state is truly working effectively for babies and families of color, even if they rank high, Miriam Calderón, policy manager at Zero to Three, said in a call with reporters Monday.

Ranking number one “in no way means that all babies and families in these states are doing well and have what they need,” she said, but the report should serve as a “resource for parents.” states and policy makers”.

Cole said “every state has room to grow,” even if it ranks first, like Rhode Island.

In the United States, data shows that 40% of babies from low-income families before the pandemic were more likely to experience greater economic insecurity during the pandemic. About four in 10 low-income families with young children saw their income decline in 2021, compared to about two in 10 high-income families.

About 38% of high-income families reported an increase in income, compared to only 25% of low-income families.

The report also showed that inequalities were also apparent in access to childcare. Non-parental child care has increased significantly over the course of 2021, from over 53% of families surveyed in January 2021 to 66% in December. Yet the return of non-parental care was lower among low-income families, reflecting continued job losses among low-income individuals and reduced availability of child care. Only about 11% of eligible infants and toddlers have access to Early Head Start, and less than 5% of federally eligible families receive help paying for child care in the United States.

However, the report found that the overall mental health of children and caregivers has improved since the first year of the pandemic. Yet families still report lower levels of emotional support and higher levels of loneliness and emotional distress than before the pandemic began. One in five mothers were already reporting less than optimal mental health before 2020, according to the report.

“The pandemic has exposed and exacerbated our country’s long-standing failure to invest in the health and well-being of every baby, especially those from families of color and those on low incomes,” Calderón said.

She said the mental and physical well-being of babies and toddlers in the United States is “a powerful indicator of the overall well-being of our country.

“[This report] shows that all is not well for the littlest among us,” she said. “Families with young children aren’t getting the resources they need to provide their infants and toddlers with the basic necessities they need to thrive, which can have lifelong repercussions.”

Alexa Gagosz can be contacted at [email protected] Follow her on Twitter @alexagagosz and on Instagram @AlexaGagosz.

Suffolk DA dedicates funds to relocate the homeless population in Mass. and Cass


Suffolk County District Attorney Kevin Hayden’s office is allocating $400,000 to a program that hopes to provide an alternative to prosecution for people struggling with homelessness and substance abuse issues at Boston’s intersection between Melnea Cass Boulevard and Mass. Ave, known as Mass. and Cass.

“In addition to substance abuse disorders, we see mental health issues, homelessness, unemployment and many other factors,” Hayden said at a Monday news conference. “It would be very easy for us to say, just get these people out of here. But the right approach is to say, let’s give these people a way out of here.

In anticipation of an increase in the area’s population during the summer months, funds from the DA’s Asset Forfeiture Fund will be used to expand Services Beyond Sentences (SOS), a program launched in the year the latter in partnership with the North Suffolk Mental Health Association.

Suffolk DA Daniel Hayden announces funding for SOS program focused on people living in Mass. and Cass, May 2, 2022

Tori Bedford / GBH News

“It is clear that the involvement of traditional courts is not the answer for many vulnerable people in or around the center of Mass. and Cass,” Hayden said. “We need to present alternative solutions that identify and address the issues that got them there in the first place. I’m confident that this program does that, and I think money seized from drug-related convictions is an appropriate method to fund it.

With a tentative launch date of June 2, the funding will cover one year of services for 30 people, primarily but not exclusively focusing on those living in and around Mass. and Cass. Depending on the specific needs, people will be placed in sober housing, intensive rehabilitation and detox programs. The program will be voluntary and those accepted will be placed in programs across the state on condition of sobriety, said Audrey Clairmont, director of substance abuse services at North Suffolk Mental Health.

Those who are not ready to commit to sobriety or drug rehab “will be screened out because they have to enroll in this program,” Clairmont said, “and there will be complete transparency about the goals of this program. The goal is recovery.

The program will have the capacity to work with 30 people at a time, Clairmont said, although she expects more people to be served as people move in and out of recovery. Hayden described the program as “a piece of the puzzle” working in tandem with programs run by the City of Boston and local nonprofits.

“We have hundreds of people on the streets in Mass. and Cass, and many of them need help,” said Sue Sullivan, executive director of the Newmarket Business Association. “This program will allow the prosecutor’s office and the police to give an option to all those who are arrested for crimes that are not violent. For now, there is no option. »

Eligibility will be determined “on a case-by-case basis,” Hayden said, seeking candidates through a court system and accepting pre- and post-arraignment cases involving nonviolent offenders who have committed offenses “of low level”.

When asked what constitutes a “low-level violation,” Hayden emphasized a thorough vetting process that varies from case to case.

“We will distinguish between those who need help and those who prey on those most in need,” Hayden said, “and we will make that decision on a case-by-case basis, looking at each situation and making the best decision possible. . .”

Those who engage in human trafficking will be prosecuted, and “people who come in and sell drugs and bring drugs into this area and sell them to people they know have the problem of addiction,” he said. said Hayden. “If we catch them, they will be prosecuted.”

In response to a series of recent stabbings in the area, city officials blocked off Atkinson Street and temporarily closed the Engagement Center, a resource center that offers food, medical assistance and other resources to the people who live there. On Sunday, more than 100 people gathered along the sidewalk of Mass. Ave, while waiting for the center to reopen on Tuesday.

“They’re getting more aggressive here, pushing us out of this area,” Daniel Flynn, who has been homeless since 2006, told GBH News on Sunday. ”

Sit/Start Week 5: Review of all starting pitcher matches from 02/05 to 05/08


Welcome back to Sit/Start, where we go over all the starting pitcher matchups scheduled for the week ahead. I’ll go back to last year’s ranking system. There are three labels: To start up, Perhapsand Sit.

Departures are surefire starts for these particular pitchers. That’s not to say they’re incapable of making a bad outing, but I consider them more likely than not to make a good outing if they’re designated as To start up. However, the degree of confidence I have in a pitcher to have a solid exit is judged by their number in the level. For example, I am much more convinced than a Start-10 will make a good outing than a Start-7, although I expect both to work well. The same goes for the other levels. Perhaps are slightly riskier starts, but depending on your league size or roster requirements, it may be necessary to use them. A Start-10 is a pitcher who I believe will almost certainly have a solid outing: For example, a healthy Jacob deGrom at the Pittsburgh Pirates. A Sitting-1 is a launcher that under no circumstances should you consider starting.

There should be a few options available as the offense is down league wide. I wouldn’t expect it to last longer as the weather warms up. For now though, mid-range pitchers don’t come with as much risk as they will when summer rolls around.

For some chores, I’ll do my best to update them at least once after they go live, but there are a ton of schedule and rotation changes. I apologize in advance if anything is out of date in the table below.

Without further ado, let’s see how your rotation is going this week. Feel free to question my ranking in the comments, and let’s discuss it!

Photo by Dustin Bradford/Icon Sportswire | Adapted by Doug Carlin (@Bdougals on Twitter)

Policymakers need data on us despite privacy fears | Larry Elliott, Economics Editor


NOTnext slide please. We quickly understood how it worked. Chris Whitty would give the word and post a chart detailing progress in the fight against Covid-19. There are memes and mugs to commemorate the slogan of England’s Chief Medical Officer.

Whitty’s presentations detailed infection rates, hospitalizations and deaths. Within weeks of the pandemic arriving in early 2020, the public was aware of the R number – a way to gauge how fast the virus was spreading.

Over the months, public concern over Covid-19 has waned and it now lags well behind inflation in the list of concerns voters care about. Rising prices have led to increased scrutiny of how Britain calculates the cost of living, including from chef and activist Jack Monroe. The Office for National Statistics calculates the annual inflation rate by collecting the price of 700 goods and services from various places and online, but says it wants to know more about price movements and changing consumer habits.

It is almost certain that the next big economic debate will be about whether or not the UK is heading into recession. In 2008, production had already fallen for several months before being reflected in quarterly gross domestic product figures.

Since then there has been the introduction of monthly GDP figures and since the pandemic the use of experimental figures designed to provide real-time indicators on the state of the economy. These include card payments, the number of people eating out, and traffic density.

The common thread that connects these three examples is data. Governments have always seen the connection between data and policy decisions. William I’s Domesday Book was one of the first stabs in a national audit for 11th-century England. In 1801 concern over whether there would be enough food for a growing population prompted the first census covering England, Scotland and Wales.

Over time, the state has learned more and more about how its citizens live, to the point that there is a legitimate debate to be had about the invasion of privacy. However, it is not just governments. The use of loyalty cards gives merchants information about our consumption habits. Tech companies like Facebook and Google know what each user is interested in and tailor the ads that appear accordingly.

Finding the right balance is not easy. Ministers needed accurate data to monitor the impact of lockdown on infection rates. The Bank of England needs enough information to be able to calibrate the right level of interest rates. Life has changed since the early 1930s, when a lack of accurate and comprehensive data hampered the response to the Great Depression in the United States.

But not everywhere. In some parts of the world, investment in data collection and analysis is extremely low. Four out of 10 deaths worldwide go unrecorded. More than a quarter of children overall and more than half of children under five in sub-Saharan Africa were not registered at birth. A Google search of the world’s population gives the figure of 7.9 billion, but that’s really just an educated guess. The same goes for human development indicators such as infant mortality or literacy rates.

There is more. Only one in six countries have sufficient data to report on progress towards climate change goals and, on average, the latest emissions data is from 2015. Two-thirds of countries have been forced to report a planned census due to the pandemic. The UN has a set of Sustainable Development Goals to achieve by 2030: in only six of the 17, more than two-thirds of countries have data to report.

A document released jointly by the UN, the World Bank and the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development Data (a network of more than 600 partners ranging from tech giants to civil society groups) says the problems are the most urgent where the challenges are greatest. Data gaps are glaring for gender in all areas of development: economic opportunity, environment, health, human security and public participation.

Clearly, technology has a role to play in filling these gaps, and in some cases it is already doing so. Ghana, for example, has set up a partnership between its national statistics office, Vodafone Ghana and the Swedish non-profit foundation Flowminder to track mobility and help with planning for public health emergencies.

Two other ingredients are needed. The first is money, because after a 10-year period in which support for data systems stabilized, there is now a funding gap of over $1 billion (£800m sterling). For donor countries, spending money on statisticians just isn’t as glamorous as spending money on a new hospital, even though better data would lead to better health care. The World Bank and the UN launched a campaign last week to raise at least $500 million over the next 10 years, which they say could serve as a catalyst for billions of dollars in development assistance to overseas and private sector funding.

The second ingredient is governance, where there is a need to ensure that low-income countries are not deprived of data as they have too often been deprived of their natural resources. A long operating history means ensuring that the potential benefits of improved data are shared equitably. Facebook is growing in Africa, as is Huawei: guarantees are needed to ensure that this investment serves the public good.

Nevertheless, the message is clear. If the world is serious about tackling climate change, it needs better data. If it wants to have better defenses against future pandemics, it needs better data. If he wants faster growth in the poorest countries, he needs better data. Making decisions in the dark is unreasonable. Next slide please.

Concerns over low turnout will sabotage Scottish census data


Concerns over low turnout will sabotage Scottish census data

Schedule An icon of a desktop calendar.

Cancel An icon of a circle with a diagonal line across it.

Caret A right-pointing solid arrow icon.

E-mail An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of Facebook’s “f” mark.

Google An icon of Google’s “G” mark.

Linked to An icon of the Linked In “in” brand.

Sign out An icon representing disconnection.

Profile An icon that resembles the human head and shoulders.

Phone An icon of a traditional telephone receiver.

Check A check mark icon.

Is public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes.

is not public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes crossed by a diagonal line.

Pause icon A two-line pause icon to stop interactions.

quotation mark An opening quotation mark.

quotation mark A closing quotation mark.

Arrow An arrow icon.

Case An icon of a paper folder.

Breakup An icon of an exclamation mark on a circular background.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

Caret A caret arrow icon.

Clock An icon of a clock face.

close An X-shaped icon.

close icon An icon used to represent where to interact to minimize or close a component

Ellipse An icon of 3 horizontal dots.

Envelope An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of a facebook logo f.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

Residence A house icon.

instagram An Instagram logo icon.

LinkedIn A LinkedIn logo icon.

Magnifying glass A magnifying glass icon.

Search icon A magnifying glass icon used to represent the search function.

Following A right-pointing arrow icon.

Notice An explanation mark centered inside a circle.

Previous A left-pointing arrow icon.

Evaluation A star icon.

Label An icon of a label.

Twitter A Twitter logo icon.

Video camera An icon of a video camera shape.

Speech bubble icon An icon showing a speech bubble

WhatsApp A WhatsApp logo icon.

Information An icon of an information logo.

More A mathematical “plus” symbol.

Labor unveils policies at campaign launch | Mandurah Courier



Labor leader Anthony Albanese unveiled new health, housing and equality policies at the party’s campaign launch in Perth.

* The Purchase Assistance Scheme will provide a capital contribution of up to 40% of the purchase price of a new home and up to 30% for existing housing for 10,000 Australians.

* The program saves up to $380,000 for new homes and $285,000 for existing homes, with price caps between $550,000 and $950,000 depending on state and region.

* Australians will be able to buy an additional stake in the house, owned by the federal government, in 5% increments or repay the government upon sale.

* Homebuyers will avoid mortgage insurance from lenders, but will still require a two percent deposit and qualify for a standard loan.

* Australians with taxable income of up to $90,000 for individuals and up to $120,000 for couples can access the scheme.

* The program will cost approximately $329 million over four years.

* Labor will also establish a National Housing Supply and Affordability Council.

* Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme drugs will be reduced by $12.50, bringing the maximum price of listed drugs to $30.

* Labor will build more electric vehicle charging stations across Australia with a $39.3 million investment, matched by the NRMA.

* Up to $80 million to deliver up to 16 hydrogen stations on Australia’s busiest freight routes.

* Many electric vehicles will be exempt from import duty and employee benefit tax.

* The work will double the Driving the Nation fund to $500 million, allowing the Commonwealth to co-invest in additional electric vehicle chargers, as well as hydrogen and biofuel refueling infrastructure.

* Labor will use $1 billion from its $15 billion National Reconstruction Fund to develop value-added products from Australian resources.

* Minerals like lithium and nickel used in batteries will be processed in Australia.

* One in 10 jobs on federally funded construction sites will be filled by apprentices or interns.

* Gender pay equity will become an objective of the Fair Work Act.

* The powers of the Fair Work Commission to order wage increases for workers in low-paying, female-dominated industries will be increased.

Australian Associated Press

Eating habits of the healthiest people in the world


Have you already planned to visit Icaria, Costa Rica, Japan, California, Greece or maybe Italy? The inhabitants of these destinations are the healthiest and oldest populations in the world. An American explorer, Dan Buettner, called these areas “the blue zones”. People living in these areas are said to live long and are said to be the happiest people in the world.

You might be wondering what they do to be ranked among the oldest people in the world. Here is a brief description of their healthy eating habits:

Source: Google Images


The population of this region mainly depends on a vegetable-based diet which includes plenty of fresh vegetables and fruits. Protein requirements are covered by soy products.

animal products

Other regions, with the exception of Nicoya and Costa Rica, rarely consume meat and fish. Some of these regions prefer to consume goat’s milk and goat’s cheese. While most of the inhabitants of the blue zone call themselves purely vegetarians.

Local food

They prefer to grow most food in their own gardens or sometimes they like to buy healthy produce only from local markets.


Most of the diet of the healthiest people in the world consists of carbohydrates; that they get from rice, legumes, sweet potatoes. These make up the bulk of their diet, while reducing fat as much as possible, avoiding eat too much. Since we observe that the inhabitants of the blue zone only eat when they are really hungry and as soon as they are a little full they stop eating.


Tea, coffee or red wine!! They don’t miss any of these drinks. Whereas, sticking to low amounts, they enjoy every sip.

Say no to diets

The term food is rarely used by the inhabitants of these regions. These people don’t care to cut back on their diet routine to reduce their calories. Since they are so cool and easy going, they justify the reasons for being known as the healthiest, longest lasting and happiest around.

IPL 2022 points chart, orange cap and purple cap Latest chart today: LSG all the way to third place after beating PBKS


IPL 2022 has in store new teams, changed team compositions and a different format. But that won’t necessarily impact the point system.

This year, the format is going to be a bit different, in which the 10 teams will be divided into two groups – Group A and B.

IPL Trophy during the 2022 Indian Premier League Players Auction. Image: Sportzpics for IPL

group A – Mumbai Indians, Kolkata Knight Riders, Rajasthan Royals, Delhi Capitals, Lucknow Super Giants

Group B – Chennai Super Kings, Sunrisers Hyderabad, Royal Challengers Bangalore, Punjab Kings, Gujarat Titans

Now, within groups, each team will play against each other twice, as well as twice against the team of the same rank in the other group. Then each team in each group will play once against all the other teams in the other group. This brings the total to 14 (8+5+1) matches for all teams.

On Friday, LSG beat PBKS by 20 points to clinch their sixth victory and move into third place in the points table.

Here is the list of current holders of orange and purple caps:

Orange cap holder: Jos Buttler (RR) – 499 runs

Purple Cap Holder: Yuzvendra Chahal (RR) – 18 counters

Here is the latest updated IPL 2022 leaderboard:

Position Team matches Won Lost NR Net RR Points
1 GT 8 7 1 0 +0.371 14
2 RR 8 6 2 0 +0.561 12
3 KJV 9 6 3 0 +0.408 12
4 SSR 8 5 3 0 +0.600 ten
5 BCR 9 5 4 0 -0.572 ten
6 CC 8 4 4 0 +0.695 8
7 PBK 9 4 5 0 -0.470 8
8 KKR 9 3 6 0 -0.006 6
9 CSK 8 2 6 0 -0.538 4
ten MID 8 0 8 0 -1.000 0

Click here to see the full Cap Orange ranking

Click here to see Purple Cap’s full rankings

Click here to read the Factboxes of all the teams

Click here for full IPL 2022 coverage

Read all Latest news, New trends, Cricket News, bollywood news, India News and Entertainment News here. follow us on Facebook, Twitter and instagram.

Business Buzz: Honors for GP’s Greek Kitchen, New Census Data and Zen Office – InForum


GP’s Greek cuisine lands surprising national honor

Fargo has a few good ethnic restaurants and one recently got a nice boost.

GP’s Greek Kitchen, a quick-service restaurant on the south side of town, was

named best Greek restaurant in North Dakota

by the “Eat This, Not That” website.

Owner Mandy Morton said “Eat This, Not That” features “interesting diet articles.” Scrolling through her early morning newsfeed in late March, the article about the best Greek restaurants in each state popped up.

GP’s Greek Kitchen at 2553 Kirsten Lane in South Fargo, pictured Tuesday, April 26, 2022, was recently named the best Greek restaurant in North Dakota by food-focused website “Eat This, Not That.”

Helmut Schmidt / The Forum

It was a surprise and a shock.

“No one gave us any warning. I was casually looking at the list and when I got to North Dakota it was there and I fell out of bed,” Morton said. “It’s great to know that we get national recognition.”

Morton said GP’s, which opened in December 2018 at 2553 Kirsten Lane, is a “real mom and pop” operation that has succeeded despite the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Chef George Plaku, originally from Greece, is in charge of the kitchen and ensures the authenticity of the Greek dishes on the menu, she said.

The restaurant’s ‘Eat This’ description reads:

With a new menu of fresh sautéed Greek dishes

customers can dine on Santorini chicken, potato vegetable skillet, and other traditional gyros, soups, salads, and more. ”

Morton said the ‘Eat This, Not That’ designation “is very impressive, very impressive. I’m tickled. It’s a great honour.

To find out more about GPs, go to their website at


or check out their Facebook page.

Hours of operation for the lobby and pick-up service are 11:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Tuesday through Saturday.

Small business concerns on the rise, census survey finds

The latest US Census Small Business Pulse Survey shows growing concerns among US small business owners about economic conditions.

Among survey responses collected from April 11-17, more small businesses responded negatively to the following queries:

  • 32.6% of small businesses believe it will take more than six months before their business returns to a normal level of activity
  • 45.8% of small wholesale businesses experienced delays from foreign suppliers in the past week
  • 41.6% of small accommodation and food service businesses have been impacted by the availability of current employees to work in the past week
  • 43.9% of small businesses report a moderate negative effect of the COVID-19 pandemic
  • About one in five small businesses reported a drop in revenue in the past week
  • 13.9% of small businesses believe they will need additional financial assistance or capital in the next six months

There have been some improvements though:

  • 64.0% of small construction businesses saw a sharp increase in the prices they pay for goods and services compared to 6 months ago
  • 39.5% of small manufacturing businesses experienced a moderate increase in demand for their goods or services compared to 6 months ago

The census also conducts a household survey. Some of the latest census findings from the March 30-April 11 survey showed:

  • Among adults living in households with children, 49.4% lived in households where children received food assistance in the last 7 days
  • Among adults living in households that don’t have a current rent/mortgage, 28.1% say an eviction or foreclosure in the next two months is somewhat/very likely
  • 34.1% of adults live in households where it has been somewhat or very difficult to pay for usual household expenses in the past seven days.

Buddha Board brings zen to your cabin

From work emails, Slack messages, texts and chats to your Instagram and Wordle feed, how much time do you spend glued to a screen?

Now your brain and your nerves can relax with a whole different kind of display: a completely technology-free device that leaves no digital footprints and asks nothing more of you than to use it to create a few moments of zen. staff.

The Buddha Board comes with no rules, requirements, or installation instructions. Simply fill your brush with water (or, for larger models, dip it in the supplied water tray) and paint whatever comes to mind.

Think of it as a therapeutic Etch-a-Sketch.

The Buddha Board brings a little zen to office life, writes journalist and InForum columnist Tammy Swift. Water and brush strokes are used to create any design you want, like the plant seen here.

Contributed / Buddha Board

We actually tried this plank and actually found it to be soothing. The Japanese-style brush creates a smooth, clean, serene line – and the fact that the image only lasts as long as the screen stays wet means there’s no pressure to create a Rembrandt. You don’t need artistic inclinations either: use the screen to draw letters, words, swoops, infinity symbols or anything else your inner creator feels called to do.

The board is available in three sizes: $17.95 for the Mini Buddha Board, $37.95 for the original, and $27.95 for the Enso, a medium-sized board that comes in its own metal carrying case .

Buddha Boards are available at Barnes & Noble stores or by ordering online at


“The household census questions are shocking”


The Zimbabwe Election Support Network (Zesn) has described as shocking some of the questions asked by surveyors from the Zimbabwe National Statistics Agency (ZimStats).

The country is currently undertaking the 2022 population and housing census which will run until tomorrow.

Citizens have complained that census takers ask them strange questions such as the type of shoe polish they use, their fertility status and other questions they deem irrelevant.

Speaking during a virtual discussion on building the capacity of women to hold political positions, Zesn official Prisca Dube said: “Investigators are asking about relatives in the diaspora and what they do there – their job. Civil society organizations have never gone to ZimStats to find out the nature of the questions that will be asked of people in order to educate them. Census questions have many other variables besides being counted. People say the questions of whether someone has had a stillborn baby are shocking.

ZimStats public relations manager Roland Chiriga, however, defended the questions, saying they were necessary.

“The questions about the type of floor varnish used show how advanced the country is when it comes to the type of floor covering used. All the answers then tell us whether we are a developed country (or not). The questions on its fertility are not weird because we want to know the population growth rate and whether we have more births than deaths in the country.This helps the Registrar General’s office to know the number of birth certificates and necessary deaths,” Chiringa said.

  • Follow us on Twitter @NewsDayZimbabwe

Why even falling prices won’t make housing affordable anytime soon


Canada’s hot housing market is finally showing signs of slowing down. Sales volumes and listings plummeted as interest rates began to rise. But even a dramatic drop in prices won’t bring home ownership back within reach of many of those priced out of the market.

“It’s a drop in the bucket,” said real estate researcher Gillian Newing. She has been trying to buy a house for five years. She works in advertising in downtown Toronto and has spent years saving and monitoring the real estate market.

“I make over six figures a year,” she said. “But as a bachelor, I have no chance of getting my foot in the door.”

  • Are you struggling to find your place in the real estate market? Tell us about your experience by emailing [email protected]

She was trying to buy a first home or a condo, but found the prices were still out of reach. After prices spike during the pandemic, she fears she’ll never get in.

“I did everything they told me I had to do in life,” the 36-year-old said.

“I went to school, I graduated, I paid off those debts right out of school. I put money in the bank from the start and yet every time I I’ll see, I’m probably $50,000 to $100,000 behind what I need to put down to buy a house.”

Gillian Newing, 36, has spent years saving and hoping to enter the housing market. After real estate soared so high during the pandemic, she says “chilling” prices aren’t even a drop in the bucket. (Submitted by Gillian Newing)

“Someone turned off the lights”

The housing market is in a slump, especially in cities like Vancouver and Toronto. People have been writing warnings about Canada’s overly hot real estate for decades.

Even by those standards, the sharp rise in prices since the start of the pandemic was quite staggering.

The house price index compiled by National Bank shows that the national average has climbed 31.2% in the two years since the collapse of COVID-19 around the world. According to economist Daren King, during the pandemic, demand skyrocketed and supply plummeted, leading to record statistics.

“Dizzying price increases have been recorded in several cities included in the index over the past two years, including a 65% increase in Halifax, 55.4% in Hamilton and 39.8% in Ottawa-Gatineau he wrote in a report.

But in April, when the Bank of Canada raised its overnight rate by 0.5%, the big banks quickly followed suit, increasing the amount they charge borrowers.

And suddenly the housing market isn’t as absurdly hot as it was just a month ago.

“January, February was kind of the peak of madness,” said Steve Saretsky, real estate agent in Vancouver.

“It’s kind of like someone turned off the lights.”

Tiff Macklem, Governor of the Bank of Canada, speaks during an interview on April 13. The Bank of Canada raised its key interest rate by half a percentage point in its biggest hike in 22 years, and said rates are set to rise significantly as it fights aggressively against inflation since a three-decade high. (Justin Tang/Bloomberg)

Price drop announced

RBC economist Robert Hogue says it’s not just sales activity that’s declining; prices are also falling.

In a report released last week, it predicted prices would peak this spring and decline an average of 2.2% in 2023, while previous forecasts called for a 0.8% rise in 2023.

“We believe the national benchmark price could decline nearly 5% on a quarterly basis, from peak to trough,” Hogue wrote.

Saretsky says it will be worse. He already sees properties selling for 10 or 12 per cent less than comparable homes that sold just six or eight weeks ago.

“That’s comparing it to a peak price, where I think people in February had lost their minds and were paying way too much,” he said.

Real estate signs for sale in Oakville, Ont. (Richard Buchan/The Canadian Press)

If you bought a house in February and see your neighbor move into a similar house today at much lower prices, Saretsky says you’re bound to feel like you paid too much.

But don’t these falling prices represent an opportunity for house hunters like Gillian Newing? She’s not so sure. The “chilling” prices don’t bring these homes back into an affordable range for her.

“Cooling doesn’t start to solve the problem,” she said. “It doesn’t need to cool, it needs to change drastically.”

WATCH | Slight price declines seen after interest rate hike:

Canadian housing market sees signs of slowing as interest rates rise

Experts say rising interest rates are slowing Canada’s boiling real estate market, leading to lower sales and a slight dip in the average selling price in March. 2:03

Buyers in a hurry

A 2.2% decline (as required by RBC Economics) would not even bring prices back to the levels seen in March. Even Saretsky’s more grim 10% warning wouldn’t do much.

In fact, if you use the MLS home price statistics published by the Canadian Real Estate Association, a 30% drop would only bring us back to the prices people were paying at the end of 2020.

At the time, buyers and experts were already sounding the alarm about a possible real estate bubble.

And even if prices go down, say 5%, interest rates are expected to go up about 2% this year alone.

Real estate agent Sarita Raisinghani says soaring inflation means many household budgets are already stretched to the limit.

“There is frustration,” said Raisinghani of Better Homes and Gardens Real Estate in Toronto. The buyers she represents are finding homes increasingly out of reach.

“Buyers will peak and after that they will be eliminated,” she said. Most of the transactions she facilitates are for homes that sell for over $1 million. Thus, buyers must deposit at least 20% to avoid having to pay mortgage insurance.

All of this leaves potential buyers hopeless.

“I lose no matter what,” Newing said. “Now even if I’m buying, I know I’m buying something that’s too expensive for what it is, and if they figure out how to fix it in five to 10 years, I’m the one who bears the cost. weight. I pay one way or another.”

Trabzon’s population triples as football fans flock to the city


All eyes will be on the Black Sea province of Trabzon this weekend as the city’s population of 800,000 has already tripled with fans of the local football team flocking to the area from various parts of the countries and Europe to celebrate the next Turkish Süper Lig trophy after 38 years, locals said.


“All tickets for flights or intercity buses to the city are sold out,” Demirören news agency reported on April 26.

Trabzonspor, who lead the league with 76 points, leaving their nearest rival Fenerbahçe behind with an 11-point gap, will host Antalyaspor on April 30.

The team, known as the “maroon-blues”, only needs one more point to be declared the season champion. So a win or a draw is all the city needs.

Besides season tickets, some 12,000 tickets for the match between Antalya were sold out in just 10 minutes last week.

“Trabzon is preparing for a long-awaited carnival. There is an influx into the city of football fans and people who are from Trabzon but live outside the province and abroad,” said Nihat Yılmaz, board member of the Association of Trabzon Agencies. Turkish Travel (TÜRSAB).

The last time Trabzonspor won the cup was in 1984.


“Weekend hotel occupancy is 100 percent,” Yılmaz noted, pointing to the city’s high population growth in recent times.

The demand to reach the city and celebrate the upcoming championship is so huge that airlines have had to increase the number of daily flights to the city from 15 to around 45 with additional trips.

“Many fans, who could not find plane tickets directly to Trabzon, flew to the airports closest to [the Black Sea provinces of] Giresun, Samsung and [the eastern province of] Erzurum to reach the city by land,” Demirören news agency reported.

According to fans, the city is already ready to celebrate the trophy.

“We are proud and excited. Only a few more days,” said Oğuz Şişman, a Trabzonspor fan. “There are even people who are not Trabzonspor fans but come to town to join the crowd in the championship celebrations.”

Mustafa Uçar is a ‘Trabzonspor maniac’ from Germany who came to the city to watch his team play two months ago.

“The atmosphere in the stadium was so good that I decided to stay for the championship celebrations,” he said. “My wife and children will accompany me to the stadium for the league game on April 30.”


However, the best plane tickets they could find were those to Giresun, a province about 130 kilometers from the center of Trabzon.

Furkan Mani, another Trabzonspor fan speaking to Demirören News Agency, is eagerly awaiting ‘game time’.

“What Trabzon is going through is an unusual situation,” Mani said.

When asked what a trophy after nearly four decades means for Trabzon, Mani stressed: “The city will be reborn.”


Besides, the city could see a ‘surprise first’ late on April 29 when Fenerbahçe play Gaziantep FK.

If Fenerbahçe lose a point, then Trabzonspor will automatically be champions before April 30.

“Carnival can start on Friday evening,” local Trabzon sports websites said.


Ida has been removed from the list of hurricane names. Here is what will replace it. | Hurricane Center


Ida has been removed as a possible storm name for future hurricane seasons, officials said Wednesday.

The name was retired “because of the death and destruction” caused by last year’s Category 4 hurricane in Louisiana and elsewhere, according to the World Meteorological Organization committee that controls the names of tropical storms and hurricanes.

The hurricane caused catastrophic damage in southeast Louisiana before bringing its deadly flooding to the northeast. Ida was responsible for 55 direct deaths and 32 indirect deaths in the United States, the organization said in its announcement.

Ida’s wind, rain, storm surge and tornadoes caused a total of $75 billion in damage in the United States, according to federal estimates.

What name will replace Ida?

Imani will replace Ida on the rotating list of storm names. The names are repeated every six years, unless one is retired.

Systems are named when they strengthen into tropical storms. The categories, in ascending order of strength, are tropical depression, tropical storm, and hurricane (categories 1 through 5).

Hurricane season in the Atlantic Basin begins June 1 and ends November 30, but storms can form at any time.

How names are selected

Storms are named from lists compiled years in advance by the National Hurricane Center. The lists are maintained and updated by an international committee of the World Meteorological Organization.

Residents of Ironton use fresh water from a home’s main line to clean. The house was pushed off the foundation by the storm surge from Hurricane Ida.

The committee may choose to remove a name if a storm is so deadly or costly that future use of its name for a different storm would be “inappropriate for reasons of sensitivity,” according to the organization’s website.

So far, 94 names have been removed from the Atlantic Basin list since 1953, when storms began to be named under the current system. Learn more about the process.

Record season

Last year was the third most active year in terms of named storms, according to the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. It followed a record season the previous year.

Sign up to receive updates on storm forecasts, tracks and more.

Hurricane Ida damage in Houma

Residents survey the damage caused by Hurricane Ida on Main Street in Houma on August 30, 2021.

In 2020, there were so many storms that forecasters ran out of names and used the Greek alphabet for additional names. It was only the second time in recorded history that Greek names were used. The first time was in 2005, which was the peak season responsible for Hurricane Katrina.

The 2020 hurricane season holds the record for the most named storms in a season – 30. The previous record of 28 was set in 2005. Official records date back to 1851.

More Greek Names

The list of storm names changed last year. If necessary, forecasters will use a list of additional storm names instead of the Greek names.

The organization that maintains the list of storm names said the Greek letters were confusing and put too much emphasis on the Greek letter and not the dangerous storm it represented.

The names of this year’s storms


Wind damage to parts of a refinery where flaring was taking place the morning after Hurricane Ida in Norco, Louisiana on Monday, August 30, 2021. (Photo by Chris Granger | The Times-Picayune | The New Orleans Advocate)

This year’s regular list of names for the Atlantic Basin is as follows:

  • alexander
  • bonny
  • Hake
  • Danielle
  • county
  • Fiona
  • Gaston
  • Ermine
  • Ian
  • Julia
  • Charles
  • Lisa
  • Martin
  • Nicholas
  • owen
  • Paul
  • richard
  • Shary
  • Tobias
  • Virginia
  • Walter

List of additional names

Here is the list of additional names for the Atlantic hurricane season. These names would be used if the regular list is exhausted.

  • adria
  • Braylen
  • Caridad
  • Desshawn
  • Emery
  • To favor
  • Gem
  • Heather
  • Isle
  • Jacobus
  • Kenzie
  • lucio
  • makayla
  • Nolan
  • Orlando
  • pax
  • Ronin
  • Sophia
  • Tayshaun
  • Viviane
  • Will be

Don’t miss a storm update this hurricane season. Sign up for breaking newsletters. Follow our Hurricane Center Facebook page.

Purchases made through links on our site may earn us an affiliate commission

Carlie Kollath Wells is a breaking news reporter at NOLA.com and The Times-Picayune.

London’s population is growing and getting younger: Census


Content of the article

Young families moving to London during the pandemic seem to be making their mark.

Content of the article

The median age in Forest City has risen from 39.7 to 38.8, according to the latest 2021 census data released Wednesday morning. A similar decline was seen in the wider region, the London Census Metropolitan Area which also includes Strathroy, St. Thomas and parts of Elgin and Middlesex counties, where the median age fell to 40, compared to 40.7.

“London has actually gotten younger, in terms of median age. That’s kind of interesting,” said Don Kerr, a demographer at Western University’s King’s University College. “It’s migration, not fertility. “

Across Canada, the monstrous baby-boomer cohort continues to dominate, with more than one in five working-age people between the ages of 55 and 64, an all-time high for Canada since the census began. The number of people aged 65 and over has grown six times faster than the number of children under 15 across the country.

The population aged 65 and over in London and the region has increased by 18.8% since the last census in 2016, while that of those aged under 14 has increased by 10.4% over the same period. There are now 140 Centenarians — people over the age of 100 — in the London area.

Will summer be cancelled? Erie County COVID-19 rate nearly 25%


Erie County’s COVID-19 positivity rate is skyrocketing again. Western New York currently has the highest 7-day average positivity rate and Erie County is leading the way.

According to the Erie County Health Department, there were 716 new cases of COVID-19 on April 25 and 4,121 cases in the past 7 days.

The positivity rate in Erie County rose from 18.5% to 24.3%.

The county’s positivity rate has increased for the sixth straight week. In April, four Erie County residents died of COVID-19. All were over 80 years old.

The Centers for Disease Control has raised Erie County’s COVID-19 community level from medium to high.

Washington, DC mayor imposes mask mandate and declares state of emergency

Getty Images

Only one of the 10 regions has a 7-day average positivity rate below 5% – New York, which is the most populous in the state.

WNY has the highest rate as of Monday, April 25, reaching just over 15%:

Western New York – April 25 – 15.78%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

Here are the other four New York regions with reported 7-day average positivity rates for COVID-19 above 10% (the most recent data):

Mohawk Valley – April 25 – 10.24%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

New York Center – April 25 – 11.89%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

Capital Region – April 25 – 12.01%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

Finger Lakes – April 25 – 13.83%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

Here are the other New York regions and the state average:

Statewide – April 25 – 7.12%



Mid-Hudson – April 25 – 5.32%

Empire State Development

Empire State Development

Long Island – April 25 – 6.70%

Empire State Development

Empire State Development

Northern countries – April 25 – 8.65%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

South Tier – April 25 – 9.86%

Empire State Development

state of the empire

Once again, New York State’s most populous region, New York, is doing its best to control the spread of COVID-19.

New York – April 25 – 4.89%

Empire State Development

Empire State Development

The 10 Most Dangerous and Violent Cities in New York State [List]

9 New York State Counties With The Most Hate Crimes

These are the 7 safest counties in New York State

Housing affordability and availability remain a priority


A thousand people took part in At Fannie Mae’s third quarter 2021 National Housing Survey and reported that affordability and remote working are still very important to members of all demographic and age groups.

The survey was conducted by Fannie Mae’s Economic and Strategic Research Group with the help of ReconMR and Dynata, which made the phone calls to households due to coronavirus closures at their call centers. The sample size of 1,000 people was selected and weighted to represent the economic and racial composition of the general population as a whole.

When asked what they thought of housing affordability and the impact of remote work on how they viewed housing, Fannie Mae found that an additional 20% of respondents thought affordability housing had declined, and affordable homes in general were more difficult to find. .

Editor’s note: The questions asked in this version of the National Housing Survey are not found in all quarterly surveys. The last time these questions were asked of respondents was in the fourth quarter of 2017, which explains the discrepancy in the dataset.

“Interestingly, most survey respondents believe their own current housing is affordable, a belief that has not changed since 2017,” the survey says. “However, in 2021, we saw a dramatic increase in the percentage of consumers who felt housing in their area had become both less affordable and harder to find. In 2017, 45% of homeowners said affordable housing in their area was hard to find, a number that jumped to 69% in 2021.

Fannie Mae believes this is due to ongoing inventory constraints; If people who see their housing as affordable and are in an otherwise unaffordable area, they may choose not to move – this is true for landlords or tenants.

However, 92% of homeowners said they felt their mortgage was still affordable in today’s housing market.

How Remote Work and Travel Impact Housing Preferences

More than a third of respondents expected to work from home at least some of the time, while nearly half said they would need to physically travel to their place of work every day. Digging deeper, a higher percentage of owners than renters reported being able to work remotely (40% of owners versus 31% of renters). Additionally, a higher percentage of high-income respondents said they expected to have some type of remote work situation.

When asked if working remotely would impact their willingness to live further in a hybrid work situation, more renters said they would be willing to do so compared to landlords and 13% additional would be willing to move completely to another region.

Fannie Mae explains in her report that tenants working remotely are more willing to move than landlords because the physical act of moving is generally easier: they can move out at the end of their lease, while landlords would have to sell their house – usually much more. longer and much more complicated process. The data also showed that low-income respondents working remotely are more willing to travel longer distances than other higher-income respondents, likely because they can find cheaper accommodation farther from job centers. .

Reasons to move and buy

The survey also asked respondents who were planning to move in the next 12 months and the reasons why they expected to move.

While homeowners said they plan to move because of a new job or family (59%), renters overwhelmingly say they plan to move for one reason: increases rent (33%).

“These potential short-term buyers were also asked if working remotely had an impact on their desired home features,” the survey says. “Unsurprisingly, given the changing work paradigm, as well as behavioral changes likely resulting from the pandemic, 38% of all respondents said they wanted more outdoor/yard space, while 27% said they wanted to live further away from neighbours. Tenants, in particular, wanted more outdoor space, while current owners said living closer to family and friends was a priority.

Continued demand for all types of more affordable homes

“Clearly, consumers have become much more aware of the lack of housing affordability, and the continued flexibility of remote working is likely giving many the opportunity to live further away in more affordable areas,” the survey concluded. . “Consumers looking to buy in the next year indicate that work/personal lifestyle – or rising rental prices, for those renting – are their main reasons for moving, and many indicated that they wanted more outdoor space and privacy.”

“For us, this information suggests that if more houses or rental properties became available in slightly less dense areas, it would probably be a welcome relief for many households. But with single-family home prices expected to rise 7.6% in 2022, as measured by the FHFA Purchase-Only Index, after rising 17.6% in 2021, current and potential homeowners could continue to have difficulties in buying a house.

Negative population growth rate stagnates


TEHRAN – Iran’s declining population growth trend has stopped for the first time in the past [Iranian calendar] year (March 2021-March 2022), said Hesamoddin Allameh, the secretariat of the National Elderly Council.

Population growth has been predicted to stop in 2052 and decline at a negative rate, but if the current trend continues for the next 10 years, the population growth rate may not stop, he said. note.

Iran’s population grew by 569,963 people over the past year and the natural population growth rate was estimated at 0.7 percent, according to the National Civil Registration Organization.

In the past year, 1,106,072 children were born in the country and 536,109 people died, so the country’s population increased by 569,963.

The birth rate has accelerated in recent months, which appears to be influenced by incentive policies and benefits given to increase fertility. The highest population rate in Iran was recorded in 1986, amounting to about 3.6%. The population rate has decreased over the past 35 years to 0.7%, but last year it was equal to the previous year. [showing no reduction]he further explained.

According to statistics published by the Statistical Center of Iran, the total number of births registered in the [Iranian calendar] the year 1399 (March 2020-March 2021) was 1,114,155, while a year before some 1,196,132 children were born.

In 2046, the population aged 15 to 65 will represent more than two-thirds of the total population, but the demographic window could close a few years earlier, he also said.

The demographic window can close for two reasons. The first is due to the increase in life expectancy and the aging of the population, and the second is that if the demographic incentive policies work, it will take 15 years for newborns to reach the age of to work, so the demographic window might close sooner, but if demographic policies are successful, the productive population will remain high after 15 years.

According to Allameh, at present, the total population of the country is equal to 84.9 million.

The birth rate has accelerated in recent months, which appears to be influenced by incentive policies and benefits given to increase fertility.

In line with the “Family and Youth Support Law”, Iran has introduced several plans, including housing facilitation, low-interest loans and longer maternity leave.

By a decree of President Ebrahim Raisi, the “Law on Family and Youth Support” approved by the Majlis (Iranian Parliament) was notified to the Ministry of Health and the Vice Presidency for Women and Affairs family.

The Guardian Council approved legislation on November 17 last year to implement a 7-year population growth and family support plan to change the downward trend in childbearing.

The plan includes health insurance for infertile couples, provision of services and facilities for working women, provision of health and nutritional support programs for mothers and children, educational opportunities for student mothers, provision of family livelihood support and ongoing medical services to pregnant women.

The finance bill for the current financial year [Iranian calendar] calendar year, which began on March 21, offered 120 trillion rials (nearly $480 million) to implement reproductive and family support plans in the country.

Demographic issue

Today, the country’s fertility rate has reached about 1.6 children per woman, but it was 6.5 children per woman in 1986. The lowest fertility rate in the entire West Asian region, from North Africa and the MENA region is registered for Iran.

While 1,594,000 births were registered in the [Iranian calendar] year 1394 (March 2015-March 2016), the downward trend continued each year to the point that the number of births reached approximately one million in [Iranian calendar] year 1399 (March 2020-March 2021).

In other words, the country has lost more than 550,000 births in five years.

The fertility rate has fallen to 1.71 children in the past [Iranian calendar] year (March 2020-March 2021), reaching below replacement level, according to the report released by the Statistical Center of Iran.

The replacement level is the amount of fertility needed to maintain the same population from one generation to the next. It refers to the total fertility rate that will result in a stable population without it increasing or decreasing.

Nicholas Eberstadt, Henry Wendt Professor of Political Economy at the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), wrote in an article in July 2020 that the fertility rate in Iran had fallen by 70% over the past 30 years, which was the biggest drop in human history.

Seyed Hamed Barakati, deputy health minister in charge of family and school population, said in May 2021 that Iran’s population growth rate had fallen below 1% for the first time in four last decades.


2021 Technology & Engineering Emmys Winners List – Deadline


The National Academy of Television Arts & Sciences has come out with the winners of the 73rd Annual Technology & Engineering Emmy Awards. The awards ceremony took place tonight at the Wynn Encore Ballroom in Las Vegas, in partnership with the National Association of Broadcasters as part of its convention.

The ceremony was hosted by Rich Little and CBS Sunday morningis David Pogue. Check out the list of winners below.

According to NATAS, the Tech & Engineers Emmys are awarded to a living individual, company, or scientific or technical organization for developments and/or standardization involved in engineering technologies that represent such a significant improvement on existing methods or are of nature so innovative that they have materially affected television. They are voted on by a committee of engineers working in television that reviews technical developments in the industry and determines which, if any, deserve an award.

A pair of television technology pioneers were also celebrated tonight: Maurice Leblanc, for the early suggestions of color television and the use of the cathode ray tube, and Paul Nipkow, designed a complete television system and was the first to patent it.

“The Technology & Engineering Emmy Award was the first Emmy Award presented in 1949 and it laid the foundation for all future Emmys,” NATAS President and CEO Adam Sharp said in a statement. “We are extremely pleased to honor these prestigious companies, once again in partnership with NAB, where lies the intersection of innovation, technology and excitement in the future of television.”


Here are the winners of the 2021 Technology & Engineering Emmy Awards:

Video and audio search based on index feeds from multiple sourcesGhost TV

In-camera sensor and software stabilizationGoProSocinext

Correlated double sampling for image sensorsMarvin H. BlancNorthrop Grumman Mission Systems Group

Pioneering development of an image sensor array with buried photodiode structurePierre JW Noble

Font technology standardization for custom downloadable fonts and typography for web and TV devicesMPEGW3C – WebFonts Working Group

Common key technology of OTT contentAppleMLB Advanced MediaMicrosoftnetflix

Development of the Event Planning and Notification Interface (ESNI)Cable LaboratoriesOATCSCTE

Cloud-enabled remote editing and project managementArvato Systems GroupEditsharePrimestream (Ross)

Pioneering development of technologies to collect granular linear TV audience data, including set-top boxes, ACR, connected TV for measurement, marketing and advertisingSouth Bellcable televisionLive-TVNCM Solutions

Standardization of HTTP encapsulated protocolsAppleMLB Advanced MediaMPEG3GPP

Managing IP multicast video distribution to workstations and televisions in news and media production facilitiesHavisionVitec

Home care provider PathWell plans to double census and revenue in 2022


In many ways, 2021 has been a resounding success for homecare company PathWell.

Now CEO Raman Brar has even bigger plans for 2022.

“I would say that our objectives [for the next year] double what we did in 2021,” Brar told Home Health Care News. “And some of that we’ve already done.”

Based in Fairfield, Connecticut, PathWell has about 100 employees, split evenly between its back-end staff and its caregivers in the field. Overall, its patient census is around 400.

PathWell started as a technology company aiming to help other operators with back-end issues. But when COVID-19 hit, he changed direction to become a provider himself, with capabilities he once exclusively sought to give to others.

PathWell has now become a multi-state provider through expansion and acquisitions. As part of its growth, Brar said PathWell has at least one and possibly more acquisitions in the works that are expected to materialize over the next eight months.

“There are a few deals we’re working on quite actively,” Brar said. “There are two that, sitting here in April, I have very good visibility on and we might even be able to do another one towards the end of the year.”

PathWell has doubled its census from about 200 to nearly 400 from 2020 to 2021. Brar expects PathWell to be able to double that number again, and possibly even hit the 1,000 patient mark.

He also expects the company to double its profits year on year.

“Keeping the numbers round, we entered the year around $5.5 million and we imagine that this year, assuming our acquisition targets are met, we will be well north of $10 million. “, did he declare.

To do this, Brar said solidifying the company’s foundations by hiring key members of the management team was a priority in 2021. Bringing in the likes of Kelly Federle as clinical director and Vik Shanbhag as as vice president of rehabilitation services helped give the team more stability.

Streamlining recruitment and engaging with candidates more proactively was another key to PathWell’s growth in 2021, Brar said.

Additionally, another key aspect of PathWell’s early success is its clinical quality assurance (QA) process, the core team of which is based in India. Brar said the two doctors who lead the quality assurance team help streamline the training process and get employees up to speed much faster than normal.

“[Employees] are properly trained, they know the expectations,” Brar said. “Naturally they all do their own records, all their admissions, their discharges, all of these doctors are vetted by our clinical quality assurance team. Then they already have a relationship because they were there from day one.

In September, PathWell acquired Caring Angels Home Health, a company with a strong presence in Virginia and West Virginia. At the time, Brar told HHCN that the company’s goal was to push volume through the firm’s strong foundation.

In 2020, PathWell acquired Shamrock, a home healthcare provider based in Southern Connecticut. Its acquisition of Caring Angels, which was advised by mergers and acquisitions firm Agenda Health, extended its reach further on the East Coast.

Looking ahead, being able to offer larger and legacy agencies something valuable as partners is also on the table.

“We know we have something to offer these agencies,” he said. “They might have great brand and community relationships, but we could step in and improve their clinical quality assurance, their communication systems between clinicians. That’s exciting.”

Going forward, it will be important to remain transparent to the rest of the team and to new clinicians joining PathWell through acquisitions, Brar said.

“We are very clear and blunt with our strategy,” he said. “Everyone knows what we are doing. We roll up. It’s not a secret. We lead with it and we lead with the value proposition of a scaled enterprise.

The home health care industry is stressful enough, Brar said. That’s why it’s important to be on the same page with clinicians and other staff as they continue their journey together.

“At the end of the day, we’re in an industry that just has a crazy amount of regulation coming our way,” Brar said. “The pressure of reimbursements is at its highest level, the social challenges are difficult. So anything we can do to put processes in place and create a foundation to make their job easier, that makes everyone happy.

Companies condemn non-compliance with NHF statutory contribution | The Guardian Nigeria News


Struggling with the shortage of funds and lack of mortgage finance for housing schemes, members of housing societies across the country have called for the immediate implementation of the statutory contribution to the National Housing Fund (NHF) to meet the low- and middle-income people’s demand for loans.

The Association of Housing Corporations of Nigeria (AHCN) has condemned the non-compliance of commercial and merchant banks, insurance companies and the federal government with statutory regulations that required them to pay a certain percentage of their income to the NHF.

In a statement released after a two-day national workshop on “Facilitating Affordable Housing for Low and Middle Income People” combined with its 108th Board meeting held in Jos recently, the association lamented the growing housing shortage and the acute problem of housing availability, accessibility and affordability. for low- and middle-income people without corresponding actions to meet demand.

They further sought collaboration among stakeholders to address housing, creating and empowering people to reduce unemployment in society.

The workshop urged state governments to assist housing agencies in creating rental housing across Nigeria to cater for the segment that could not afford the outright purchase of houses through the window Family Homes Funds (FHF).

Participants identified mass rental housing as a viable untapped option to support housing corporations and reduce the impact of housing shortages, particularly on low and middle income groups.

The workshop commended the Plateau State government for reducing land charges by 50% as part of efforts to make housing affordable for low and middle income people. He urged other state governments to emulate Plateau State in creating an enabling environment to make affordable housing available to low and middle income people.

The statement signed by AHCN President Dr. Victor Onukwugha and Secretary General Mr. Olusesan Obe called on Federal and State Governments to declare a state of emergency over the housing deficit by embarking on social housing with workable implementation and practical solutions, as well as ending the rising housing deficit in the country. They identified faulty strategies and non-implementation of public housing programs based on the general national housing policy framework as responsible for widening the housing deficit, especially among low and middle income groups.

The workshop called for the establishment of agricultural villages and agricultural settlements in all local governments across the country as a panacea to address and resolve food production shortages and housing deficit, thereby creating employment opportunities for millions of unemployed youth across the country. He lamented the increase in rural exodus resulting in persistent food insecurity and putting pressure on unemployment and infrastructure in urban centers, as well as a delay in overall national development.

The association has called for effective partnership models and synergies between FHF and the Federal Mortgage Bank of Nigeria (FMBN), which will enhance development finance, wholesale mortgage lending and origination to reduce the housing deficit in Nigeria. He recognized the opportunities inherent in business partnerships in developing business synergies and strategic alliances to reduce costs and expand into new markets in the provision of housing.

Participants welcomed FMBN’s recent revision of the buyers’ guarantee, making it acceptable and bankable for housing companies to access construction loans from commercial banks. The group called on all state governments to help their housing corporations take advantage of these opportunities for mass housing projects.

They applauded FMBN’s various products such as Renovation Loans, Rent to Own and Diaspora Housing Loans recently introduced as part of efforts to develop sustainable housing supply in Nigeria, as well as the removal of the buyers contribution to NHF loans under N5 million and called on all Nigerians to take advantage of these schemes to increase the number of residential houses for low and middle income groups in the country.

They want governments to speed up the adoption of a legal framework for the judicial enforcement of mortgages and foreclosure legislations to boost investor confidence and streamline bureaucracies in the Nigerian mortgage market, adding that the lack of enacting foreclosure laws to protect investors is one of the barriers to attracting housing finance to the housing sector.

AHCN noted the availability of local building materials across the country, called on governments and all Nigerians to embrace and support the use of local building materials as a suitable alternative in providing affordable housing to low and middle income people in Nigeria. State governments are also encouraged to set up a pilot program of local building materials factories in all states of the federation, where these materials are available to encourage development, as well as economic, social and environmental sustainability and the general acceptance of local building materials in Nigeria. .

Participants called on the government to adopt NBRRI technologies to set an example of its acceptance by Nigerians. He noted various research work and development by the Nigerian Road and Construction Research Institute (NBRRI) over the years which resulted in the discovery and development of Interlocking Cement Stabilizing Earth Blocks (ICESEB) and the production of pozzolan cements as a partial replacement for Portland cement, which are purchased from locally sourced and readily available raw materials with cementing properties serving as a partial replacement for conventional cement with fully constructed pilot plants in the two NBRRI premises, in Ota in Ogun State and Bokkos in Plateau State.

Study highlights rapidly growing patient population with long COVID and lack of treatments


A new UK study of over 2,000 patients after hospitalization with COVID-19 presented at this year’s European Congress of Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases (ECCMID 2022, Lisbon 23-26) and published in Respiratory Medicine The Lancet shows that a year after having COVID-19, only about one in four patients are feeling perfectly well again. The study is led by Professor Christopher Brightling, Dr Rachael Evans and Professor Louise Wain, National Institute for Health Research Leicester Biomedical Research Centre, University of Leicester, UK and their colleagues.

The authors found that being female rather than male (32% less likely), being obese (half as likely) and having had mechanical ventilation in hospital (58% less likely ) were all associated with a lower likelihood of feeling fully recovered at one year. . The most common persistent symptoms of COVID-19 were fatigue, muscle aches, physical slowness, lack of sleep and shortness of breath.

This research used data from the COVID-19 Post Hospitalization Study (PHOSP-COVID) which assessed adults (aged 18+) who had been hospitalized with COVID-19 across the UK and who were then released. Patients from 39 UK National Health Service (NHS) hospitals were included, who accepted five-month and one-year follow-up assessments in addition to their clinical care. Recovery was assessed using measures of patient-reported outcome, physical performance, and organ function at 5 months and 1 year after hospital discharge. The researchers also took blood samples from the participants during the five-month visit to analyze it for the presence of various inflammatory proteins.

A total of 2320 participants discharged from hospital between March 7, 2020 and April 18, 2021 were assessed 5 months post-discharge and 807 (33%) participants completed the 5-month and 1-year visits at the time of analysis. (and the study is ongoing). These 807 patients had a mean age of 59 years, 279 (36%) were women and 28% were receiving invasive mechanical ventilation. The proportion of patients reporting full recovery was similar between 5 months (501 [26%] of 1965) and 1 year (232 [29%] of 804).

In an earlier publication of this study, the authors identified four clusters or “clusters” of symptom severity at five months, which were confirmed by this new study at one year. Of the 2,320 participants, 1,636 had sufficient data to allocate them to a group: 319 (20%) had very severe physical and mental impairment, 493 (30%) had severe physical and mental impairment, 179 (11% ) moderate physical and mental impairment. health problems with cognitive impairment and 645 (39%) mild mental and physical health problems. Obesity, reduced exercise capacity, more symptoms and increased levels of C-reactive protein, an inflammatory biomarker, were associated with the most severe clusters. In the very severe and moderate clusters with cognitive impairment, levels of the inflammatory biomarker interleukin-6 (IL-6) were higher compared to the mild cluster.

Dr Evans says: “The limited recovery from 5 months to 1 year after hospitalization in our study of symptoms, mental health, exercise capacity, organ impairment and quality of life is striking.”

She adds: “We found that female gender and obesity were major risk factors for not recovering at 1 year…In our clusters, female gender and obesity were also associated with health problems more severe ongoing outcomes, including reduced physical performance and health-related quality of life at 1 year, potentially highlighting a group that may need higher intensity interventions such as supervised rehabilitation.”

Regarding the lack of existing treatments for long COVID, Professor Wain says: “No specific treatment exists for long COVID and our data underscores that effective interventions are urgently needed. Our findings of persistent systemic inflammation, in particularly in very severe and moderate patients with impairment groups, suggest that these groups may respond to anti-inflammatory assessment and interventions, but also for knowledge transfer between healthcare professionals to improve care. to patients. This result also suggests the need for complex interventions targeting both physical and mental health disorders to alleviate symptoms. However, specific therapeutic approaches to manage post-traumatic stress disorder might also be needed .”

Our study highlights an urgent need for health care services to support this large and rapidly growing patient population in whom there is a substantial burden of symptoms, including reduced exercise capacity and impaired quality of life. significantly reduced health 1 year after discharge from hospital. Without effective treatments, long COVID could become a new, widespread long-term disease. Our study also provides a rationale to investigate treatments for long COVID with a precision medicine approach to target treatments to each patient’s profile to restore their health-related quality of life.

Professor Christopher Brightling, National Institute for Health Research Leicester Biomedical Research Centre, University of Leicester, UK


European Society for Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases

Journal reference:

The PHOSP-COVID Collaborative Group., (2022) Clinical characteristics with inflammatory profiling of long COVID and association with one-year recovery from hospitalization in the UK: a prospective observational study. Lancet Respiratory Medicine. doi.org/10.1016/S2213-2600(22)00127-8.

Insecurity: why the 2023 census is already in danger – Experts


Population censuses are usually carried out every 10 years and have as their main objective the total count of the population of a country in order to provide essential information on its spatial distribution, age and sex structure and other characteristics. key social and economic. PAUL OGBUOKIRI reports that Nigeria’s population census, which has not been held for 17 years, looks awkward as the proposed census for 2023 is threatened by insecurity

Failure of the 2022 census postponed to 2023

Last week, Nigerians were once again, for the umpteenth time, informed that the next national population census would be taken in the country after the general elections scheduled for February and March 2023.

The Director General (CEO) of the Nigerian Population Commission (NPC), Mr. Nasir Isa-Kwarra, made the revelation after the meeting of the Council of State, chaired by President Muhammadu Buhari at the villa Presidential Abuja. According to the DG, a pilot census would be conducted in June 2022 by the NPC after various political parties hold their respective primary elections as stipulated in the election guidelines.

In his remarks, the NPC boss said the commission aims to conduct the next one in April 2023, saying it will deploy high technology in conducting the national census. Isa-Kwarra said, “It is very crucial because I have pointed out that the census is a very important exercise for the nation. Through the census, we generate the data that we use for policy-making, planning, development, by all three levels of government and the private sector.

They all need this. “If you’re in the private sector and you produce something, you definitely need to know the population of an area if you want to create a market there.

“So the census data is very crucial, very important. The data we use are only projections and estimates and are somewhat out of date. We need the actual census data to use for our planning,” he said.

The Director of the Center for Disaster Risk Management and Development Studies (CDRMDS) and Coordinator of the Postgraduate Program of the Department of Geography and Environmental Management at the University of Port Harcourt, Professor Samuel Bankole Arokoyu, agreed with Isa-Kwarra on the need for a population census, but said that if he was truly aware that every sector of the country needed data to perform essential tasks, the census should take place before elections as the information is needed for the upcoming national elections in 2023.

Census abused, 2023 objective encumbered by insecurity

One group, Yoruba Global Alliance, said the state of insecurity in the country will only make the proposed census for 2023 a biased exercise in favor of a certain demographic region. This was according to a statement signed by Dr. Amos Arogundade Akingba, President and Chief Tola Adeniyi, chairman of the council of the alliance.

The Yoruba Self-Determination Organisation, she said, “unequivocally condemns this miscalculation and this heinous and manifestly self-serving political misadventure”. According to the statement: ‘It is inconceiv

able that any serious government should ever contemplate the enumeration of the human population in an atmosphere of unprecedented insecurity, mistrust, unbridled corruption and pervasive economic woes. It would be like a similar exercise conducted in 1974 that the subsequent Murtala Muhammed military junta immediately abandoned upon taking office in 1975.

“What could possibly be the rationale for seeking to do a national head count at this stage, particularly amid rumors and permutations that the unitary government in Abuja may have other tricks up its sleeves regarding the holding of elections? planned for March next year?

“The planned census is an ignominious misdeed towards a pre-determined end to impose false demographics on Nigeria for the benefit of Fulani hegemony. Nigerians can no longer be deceived.

The position of the Yoruba group follows the advice of a former military governor of Kaduna State, Colonel Abubakar Umar, to the federal government to suspend the planned national census of the population. In a statement Saturday in Kaduna, he called on the government to instead focus its attention on addressing security issues in the country.

Describing the government’s planned population census as shocking, he said President Muhammadu Buhari should focus on finding a lasting solution to the disturbing activities of bandits, terrorists and other criminals who are disturbing the peace of the country. “Nigeria faces existential challenges embodied by insecurity and economic collapse; embarking on a census would be tantamount to misadventure and a waste of scarce resources,” Umar warned.

“The FGN’s decision to seek and obtain approval from the National Council of State to conduct a national census in April 2023 must have come as a great shock to most well-meaning Nigerians.” The former military governor added: “A country that is facing existential challenges such as an unprecedented level of insecurity, the collapse of the economy, cannot have as one of its priorities the conduct of a national census.

“We therefore urge the Buhari administration to suspend what will amount to misadventure and a waste of scarce national resources. This administration should focus all of its attention on securing the nation and conducting the 2023 elections.

A national census at this stage is certainly not a priority assuming that it is possible to conduct it. Nigeria originally planned to hold the census last year, but it was scrapped due to growing insecurity, particularly in the north where an Islamist insurgency and kidnappings for ransom have raged. Elders in the North had earlier, when the census was scheduled for 2022, called for it to be postponed due to insecurity.

Critical northern stakeholders led by the Northern Elders Forum (NEF) which met under the auspices of the “Northern Leaders of Thought” strongly advised President Muhammadu Buhari to postpone the planned national census for 2022 given the large number of displaced Nigerians and the proximity of the census to the 2023 elections.

Insecurity remains a challenge as gunmen step up attacks and kidnappings, the latest being last Sunday when 154 people were killed and dozens abducted in an attack in northern Plateau state.

But in an interview with Trust TV, presidential spokesman Garba Shehu said the census was set to address the security challenges facing the country and not for political purposes. He said that the government of Muhammadu Buhari can conduct a population census and also curb the rising cases of insecurity ravaging the nation.

Shehu therefore called on Nigerians to give the government the benefit of the doubt as it delivers the Anambra Governor election despite the security situation in the state and the South East.

Why the census is delayed

The National Population Commission (NPC) Commissioner for Ebonyi State, Hon. Darlington Okereke, recently said that insecurity, recession, funding, among others, were the reasons why Nigeria failed to conduct a population census 15 years after the 2006 exercise.

Okereke made the revelation while briefing reporters in Abakaliki, the state capital, on the progress of the commission in the ongoing Enumeration Area Demarcation (EAD) exercise in the state.

He said there is no law stating that Nigeria’s population census would take place every 10 years, adding that the federal government has been working seriously to resolve the bottlenecks. He argued that the EAD exercise conducted in the local government areas of the country is not a delaying tactic but a prerequisite for the census.

“If we don’t complete the demarcation of enumeration areas in the 774 local communities that make up the country, the census will not take place. So there is no delaying tactic. We take it gradually to complete all local governments. When we have concluded all the environmental assessments, we will be ripe for the census,” Okereke said.

To do things wellyou

It is always claimed that the people of Nigeria


overwhelmed for political reasons because it is the basis of resource sharing. There have been publications and revelations that the population of Nigeria has been doctored since independence in 1960 for the same political reasons and has not been corrected since. For example, the 140 million recorded in the 2006 census remains controversial.

The 3.5% growth rate used by the NPC in its projection is quite unreliable according to experts. Indeed, Nigeria’s population growth in 2013, according to the World Bank, was 2.8%, while the 2016 estimate according to Index Mundi is 2.44%.

Dr. Wizor Hanachor from the Department of Geography and Environmental Management at the University of Port Harcourt claimed that urbanization, post modernization, use of contraceptives and other developments have reduced the fertility rate of women and, by extension, the rate of population growth in Nigeria. . To this end, he said the NPC may have used outdated growth rate figures to calculate the Nigerian population, saying that no census taken in Nigeria had been flawless.

A former Federation statistician general, Dr Yemi Kale, recently said that the estimates, which put Nigeria’s population at between 170 and 180 million, were unreliable. Kale sincerely believed that census figures had been inflated in the past, making it appear that more people resided in certain areas of the country.

Similarly, Dr. Festus Odimegwu, the former Chairman of the National Population Commission (NPC), once stirred the hornet’s nest when he said that Nigeria had not had a credible census since 1816. The unshakable position of the two senior government officials has strengthened both. another on the ingrained disagreement, which the Nigerian population portends, which cannot be desired.

The Sunday Telegraph notes that there are modern methods of collecting accurate demographic data, which the NPC should research and adopt, but Dr Hanachor said he does not endorse any census at this critical time in the country for the simple fact that would amount to a waste of time and resources.

He said that rather than embarking on another useless census that will end in controversy, the NPC should work on the quantum of the biometric database that has been collected by banks, licensing offices, immigration , customs, JAMB, WAEC, telecommunications companies, national identity cards. agency, school enrollment, birth and death registrations, voter cards, and various vital statistics should be aggregated and used to extrapolate the country’s population.

“It would give a better and fairer picture of the population,” Hanachor said.


Abuja Official Reveals Secret Fruits (FREE) That Increased His Size Manh0d, Gives Stronger Erections & Ends Premature Erection In 7 Days…

Will lithium save California’s Imperial Valley?


Its proximity to the Salton Sea has shaped the fate of the Imperial Valley in countless ways. The rumor these days is that lithium buried deep under water is the key to a prosperous future, the elixir that will transform a region plagued by high unemployment and endemic respiratory disease.

“We’re almost like heaven when it comes to lithium mining,” Imperial County Supervisor Jesus Eduardo Escobar told a Scripps correspondent. “You’re looking at between $500 billion and $1 trillion [dollars]regarding the net worth of this lithium that we have here in imperial county.

“We are starting by changing the economic base of Imperial Valley and making it a global beacon for lithium production, battery storage and the future of California’s economy,” said the Lithium Valley Commissioner. , Thomas Soto, at a recent meeting.

Unsurprisingly, many locals fear that converting their community to the so-called Lithium Valley is the solution to their problems.

“Who in the Salton Sea Basin will be able to live in this bowl of toxic dust that will consume everything in the area?” Salton Sea resident Art Gertz asked during a meeting of the Lithium Valley Commission last month. “Lithium is great, we hope it does wonderful things. We hear a lot of wonderful things, but until we take care of the biggest problem in concert, how are we going to reap the long-term benefits? ?”

Authorized by state law AB 1657, the 14-member Lithium Valley Commission has been meeting virtually for just over a year, gathering and analyzing information about lithium mining and its impact on the region. . The area near the Salton Sea has a rich supply, needed for electric vehicles and mobile phones. The United States currently depends on other countries for lithium; mining it in California could change that.

In a report due Oct. 1, the commission is expected to assess everything from the potential benefits of mining lithium using existing geothermal facilities on the Salton Sea to the environmental safety of mining methods.

In particular, the commission is do not responsible for collecting public comments for their project.

The bill establishing the commission only states that members “may seek public comment to make recommendations on matters.” Nonetheless, some commission members, including community activists and public health experts, made it clear that public engagement and input should be a crucial part of their assessment, given the potential impact on surrounding communities.

Yet such engagement has been so minimal that many locals don’t even know their valley is home to an item in high demand as a component of lithium-ion batteries, an alternative to fossil fuels, let alone that a commission exists to help. create a Lithium Valley.

“A mine? Oh, another lakeside project? They are still studying there,” said Romero Gonzales, as he left El Sol Market in Brawley.

“I think I read something about it a few weeks ago, but I couldn’t give you any specifics. I don’t know when or where,” said Lori Jones, who added that she can only afford to buy the Imperial Valley Press newspaper from a newsstand twice a week.

“No, I didn’t know they were going to set a mine,” Rosa Maria Sevilla said as she waited for the bus near Brawley Town Hall last week. She squinted at a small diagram on a phone illustrating the process of extracting lithium from brine. “Is everything going to be done by machine or will there be jobs?”

For many in Brawley, the third-largest city in the Imperial Valley with a population of around 26,000, the key question is whether the economically depressed region will benefit financially. Estimates show the potential to create up to 800 new jobs by 2028, according to information gathered by the Lithium Valley Commission.

The poverty rate in Imperial County is the third highest in the state, according to 2021 figures released by the U.S. Census Bureau. The unemployment rate in Imperial County was 14% in February, well below the May 2020 high of 28%, according to the state’s Employment Development Department. However, this rate does not compare favorably to the February unemployment rate of 5.4% for California and 3.8% for the United States.

And those in agriculture or government jobs don’t earn much, with a per capita income of around $18,000, according to 2021 census figures.

Investments in the region are needed.

This article originally appeared on Capital & Main.

Eugene homeless advocates urge city not to increase street use fines


Advocates for homeless people have called on Eugene officials not to approve an increased penalty tied to street use rules, saying it would further criminalize homelessness.

Staff are asking City Council to add an increased penalty for willful violations of rules that restrict the use of streets from sidewalk to sidewalk for vehicles. The rules apply to traffic lanes and on-street parking spaces.

“We’re seeing people piling stuff up in the street,” public works director Matt Rodrigues said during a March 14 work session.

It’s a mix of people who violate city code, he said, and includes contractors, people installing structures for living on the streets and businesses installing items to keep homeless people from living. build shelters.

Police have found that the current maximum fine of $250 isn’t enough of a deterrent or a reason for people to immediately respond to safety concerns, Rodrigues said. The increased penalty of up to $500 or 10 days in jail would apply if someone refuses to address a safety issue after an officer has formally told them there is a danger.

Lt. Doug Mozan added that this would give the city the ability to move objects that create danger, which he said staff cannot currently do.

On Monday night, lawyers spent most of a 30-minute public hearing questioning the need for the new sentence and said it would hit homeless people the most who already can’t afford the fine. maximum.

“People who don’t have adequate shelter right now can’t afford another fine, another judgment on their credit report, another round of jail time, and another round of replacing their few possessions. so they can start over,” said Sarah Johnson, who works as a housing and shelter specialist for Eugene and Lane County, but spoke as a private citizen.

Councilors expressed a mix of opinions in March and Monday.

Officials agreed that the issue in question was a serious safety issue, but were split on whether the enhanced penalty would be an effective solution, particularly when the person violating the code is not housed.

They will consider the proposal again on Wednesday and could act at that meeting.

What would change?

City code limits street use between the curbs to vehicular traffic other than pedestrians crossing the street at crosswalks and trash cans and recycling containers at certain times for collection when not there are no bike lanes.

Recently, the city has received more service requests related to these restrictions, Rodrigues said.

Mozan clarified that the violations fall into three main areas:

  • Construction companies and other contractors
  • People build shelters because they are homeless
  • Companies offering items to discourage people from building shelters

Police saw things like steel beams on the road, Mozan said.

Councilman Randy Groves said there were structures built for the shelters spilling out onto the street “everywhere” in his neighborhood, which covers much of west Eugene.

“It’s pleading for someone to be hurt or killed,” he said.

When people break the code, the police can issue a citation.

The code does not apply to state-registered vehicles, Rodrigues said, whether they are moving or parked.

City: Current maximum not dissuasive enough

But the $250 maximum fine has not been enough to compel people to comply, staff said, and increase the possible fine and add the possibility of jail time if someone ignores a warning would be a better deterrent.

It also gives the city the ability to remove the hazard.

“If my only recourse is to write a ticket, I don’t actually have the recourse to move things around,” Mozan said.

He added that the idea was not so much to arrest someone as to gain the ability to move things, and a memo says staff anticipate they will make something a willful violation” with parsimony”.

Councilor Mike Clark said it was “high time” officials gave police another tool to use.

“I would suggest that very few people will actually be put in jail, as opposed to the officer having the ability to say, ‘You have to move out now or I’m going to have to take you to jail,'” he said during the working session.

At that meeting in March, other councilors agreed the road features posed a safety risk and the city needed to address it, but they weren’t sure the proposal was the best way to do it. — or a solution that their constituents would support.

“I have to be very honest,” Syrett added. “I don’t know if that would be the solution they would support.”

Councilor Matt Keating said he was ‘all for reigning in on repeat offenders’ but asked if the city could explore an alternative that ‘doesn’t break the banks of those who don’t have a bank or criminalize their behavior”.

He added on Monday that while judges can sentence someone to community service or impose a lower fine, he has some reservations about increasing the maximum sentence and adding prison terms. without a “robust community service component”.

Eugene ‘can’t go back to criminalizing sleep’

Most of the public comments even went beyond Keating’s concerns.

While two people testified in favor of the harsher penalty, one of whom said the city had been too lenient and another was neutral, the rest of the 20 people who spoke out were against the proposal.

Concerns centered on people who live in roadside structures or place objects around the vehicles they live in, having nowhere to go and being more likely to suffer consequences when being poor alone is not a crime.

Commentators urged officials to support people instead of criminalizing them further.

Outreach specialist and housing navigator Jeff Wolfe said he understands people want the streets to be clean, but the city “can’t go back to criminalizing sleep” and creating more barriers.

Heather Marek, an attorney with the Oregon Legal Center’s Lane County Legal Aid Office, said existing laws already empower officials to respond to road hazards.

She also expressed concerns about officials adding a tool they plan to use sparingly.

“The Council should not enact laws unless it intends to implement them,” Marek said. “It undermines the legitimacy of the legal system when laws are applied irregularly, fueling public confusion and distrust and increasing the likelihood of arbitrary and discriminatory application.”

Lynn Porter, who has run the Homeless Action mailing list for more than a decade, called the proposed change ‘stupid, unconstitutional and morally disgusting’ and said it would only make things worse for homeless people. .

“They’re already living in hell, but somehow you think it’s okay to make their lives even more miserable,” he said.

Hitting people with bigger fines and jail time doesn’t solve the problem, Porter said.

He and others have criticized the city for considering changes that could put people in a financial hole and mess up their criminal records simply because they can’t find housing amid a national housing crisis.

“You’re throwing money into a pit instead of solving the problem,” said Robyn Matsumoto, street outreach specialist at the HIV Alliance. “Solve the problem by not doing this.”

Matsumoto and others who work directly with people living on the streets said that when someone moves out after a sweep or to comply with the rules, it is often difficult to find them to provide medical care and other services. . And they said that fines and criminal records were barriers to improving people’s lives and getting housing.

Contact city government watchdog Megan Banta at [email protected] Follow her on Twitter @MeganBanta_1.

Arizona’s Growing Population Raises Electricity Concerns


PHOENIX – As Arizona’s population grows, demands for water, housing, and electricity grow with it.

This week, House Speaker Rusty Bowers and Senate Speaker Karen Fann announced that the Legislature will now begin seeking information from experts and the public on developments in the US energy industry. arizona.

“We are committed to ensuring that Arizona’s electric service remains reliable and affordable and believe serious discussion by policymakers about this is deserved,” said President Bowers and President Fann.

A newly created ad hoc committee will study the reliability, affordability and current state of the electrical industry in Arizona, among other issues.

At the Palo Verde Power Plant this month, crews are busy refueling and performing maintenance on one of its three power units. A process performed on each unit every 18 months to ensure all systems are working.

Palo Verde generates enough electricity to supply power to 4 million customers in four states.

“I can tell you that looking to the near term future, 2023-2024, we are in good shape to deliver this reliable power, but there will be challenges as they move forward,” said Michael McLaughlin, Vice President of Site Services. in Palo Verde.

Although Palo Verde is the backbone of APS’ energy strategy, the company also relies on other energy sources like wind from the Midwest and hydro from the Pacific Northwest.

“There’s a limited amount of power we can buy from other parties that certainly doesn’t meet all of our needs. It only meets a fraction,” said Justin Joiner, vice president of management. resources at APS. Joiner is responsible for finding the energy sources APS needs to meet future demand.

“The industry as a whole is running out of resources,” Joiner said. “There’s no excess sitting there that we can just take for granted and everyone just sits on their hands and does nothing.”

APS is confident it will be able to produce the electricity it needs beyond 2024. But there are deadlines it will have to meet. In 2031, APS will no longer use coal.

By 2050, the company promises to be 100% clean energy.

“It’s going to take a huge investment today to ensure reliability tomorrow,” Joiner said.

SRP is not as confident.

At a recent Arizona Corporation Commission meeting, a company representative said SRP may not be able to provide power to all of its customers after 2024 after the Commission denied the request. of SPR to expand a natural gas plant near Coolidge.

“They’re not laughing at us,” President Bowers said of the SRP’s warning.

The Corporation Commission cited SRP’s decision not to seek further public comment as well as environmental concerns among its reasons for denying the application.

Groundwater Department Launches “Well Census”


The state groundwater department has launched a “well census” to list all groundwater structures, including wells, in the state.

The investigation is carried out with the support of the Kudumbashree Mission. Water Resources Minister Roshy Augustine released Neededa manual prepared for Kudumbashree data collection workers, delivering a copy to Kudumbashree Mission Director Asha Varghese.

The census of wells, which will cover groundwater structures including wells, ponds (excluding naturally formed ponds) and tube wells, has been included in the National Hydrology Project (PNH) supported by the World Bank, the water resources department said.

The survey will be conducted in 243 panchayats during the first phase. The government has earmarked ₹6 crore for the financial year. Kudumbashree workers will collect the data using a mobile app called “Neerarivu”. They will be trained by agents of the groundwater service.

Mr. Augustine also inaugurated the transition from a manual to an automatic system for collecting water level data from observation wells. Of the 756 wells, 150 wells were placed under automatic monitoring. The data will be updated every six hours, four times a day, on the department’s “Drishti” portal.

Tax assessor explains why North Texas home values ​​are skyrocketing


FOX 4 reported on the sticker shock for homeowners as property tax assessments are now released.

A tax assessor has explained why home values ​​in North Texas are increasing by 20% or more.

A majority of ratings are increasing this year. It’s not really a surprise, but some homeowners are shocked by a 50% increase in the value of their home.

RELATED: North Texas homeowners get ‘sticker shock’ with new property tax assessments

Katie Menzer lives in the Lakewood neighborhood of Dallas.

“I love this neighborhood. It’s a healthy walk to the lake,” she said. “[My home is] 41 years. I’ve lived here for 18 years.”

She said the house needed work.

“Like tens of thousands of dollars in repairs that should be done,” she added.

She said there were outdated bathrooms, a front door covered in scratches, and a back door that took some muscle to open.

The fence needs to be replaced, as does the deck. There are also falling bricks and the retaining wall needs work.

Yet her home, which was valued at around $508,000 last year, is now valued at nearly $745,000.

“That doesn’t seem particularly accurate to me,” she said.

It might sound nice to have a house worth more money, if you plan to sell soon, but Menzer doesn’t want to sell, and living on her own, she doesn’t know if she can afford the increased taxes. .

“I can’t afford to live in a $750,000 house,” she added.

The housing market is hot.

According to the RE/MAX National Housing Report, the median selling price of a home in the DFW Metroplex is nearly $395,000, which is an all-time high.

“So it’s the buyers and the sellers that actually drive the market,” explained Cheryl Jordan of the Dallas Central Appraisal District. “We are simply, by law, mirroring the market.”

Dallas’ Central Rating District said it was rating to reflect those prices.

It values ​​homes at staggering increases.

“I would say between 15% and 70%, it could be,” Jordan said.

RELATED: New affordable housing community under construction in Dallas

The Valuation District said people can appeal their new value, and experts say people should, but don’t expect a huge difference.

“People are paying that much,” Jordan said.

“Are they just going to turn it back on next year too?” asked Menzer.

Menzer said some homes in his neighborhood were being demolished and replaced with larger luxury homes.

“They’re bringing the rest of the neighborhood with them,” she said.

She doesn’t want to move, but said she’s also worried she won’t be able to stay.

“In two years the house will be paid off and I dreamed of not paying the mortgage anymore,” she said. “But now I feel like the money I was paying for my mortgage is now going towards my property taxes.”

The deadline for contesting the assessment is May 16.

The Medical and Dental Society gives a green tick to medical personnel on the ‘main list’


As the Grand Court prepares to hear a legal challenge over the hiring of “institutionally registered” doctors, the Cayman Islands Medical and Dental Society has launched a campaign encouraging people to learn about medical personnel listed on the “ traditional main list. and who are on the ‘institutional list’.

Until about a decade ago, only healthcare professionals who had qualifications in one of seven countries – Australia, Canada, Jamaica, New Zealand, South Africa, UK and USA – could sign up to practice in Cayman Islands.

With Dr. Devi Shetty’s Health City on the horizon at this point, the law was amended to create an additional list, called the ‘institutional list’, which would allow doctors who graduated from other jurisdictions to work in health care facilities. medical tourism on the island.

In upcoming legal review, Doctors Hospital, which filed the legal challenge as CTMH Holdings, will claim that institutionally registered healthcare professionals practice in Cayman Islands without having to adhere to the same criteria as healthcare workers. on the master list who operate in other facilities.

He wants the Cayman Islands government to formulate criteria for designating an institution as a place where “institutionally registered” practitioners can be employed, revise this designation and release a “transparent document” of the criteria.

The judicial review begins on Wednesday April 20 and is expected to last three days.

The Cayman Islands Medical and Dental Society, whose membership only includes professionals on the main list, opposed plans to create two separate lists of practitioners as early as 2011, when the issue was debated in the Legislative Assembly. . At the time, the government was working on changing a number of laws that would help pave the way for the creation of Health City.

The Cayman Islands Medical and Dental Society invites medical practitioners on the “Master List” to display this green tick logo.

CIMDS, in a press release issued last week, said it was launching an educational campaign called the Master List Identification Program “to raise awareness about the politically motivated creation of two separate provider registration lists. health care”.

He said he has developed a “Green Tick Initiative” allowing practitioners to display an easily identifiable logo representing their listing on the main list.

A brochure published by the organization states: ‘In order to make informed health care choices for you and your family, you need to have an understanding of the system and a clear way of identifying Master List providers. This is why CIMDS is implementing the Principal List Identification Program (PLIP). You can rest assured that your health care provider or facility is affiliated with the master list if you see the green check mark.

The list of primary and institutional medical practitioners can be viewed here.

Support local journalism. Subscribe to the all-access pass for the Cayman Compass.

Subscribe now

‘Grange at 10Main’ Housing Costs Would Surpass Market Median – Smithfield Times


Would former Smithfield Foods Chairman Joseph W. Luter III’s “Grange at 10Main” development help alleviate the lack of affordable housing in Smithfield, or would it make the problem worse?

Luter bought and razed the former Little’s Supermarket and 1730s Pierceville Farmhouse in 2020, proposing in 2021 to turn the 56.8 acres at the west end of historic Smithfield into a mixed-use development named for its location at Main Street and Route 10, which would include a permanent farmer’s market, a hotel, three- and four-story apartment buildings, single-family and duplex homes, retail space, and more than 1,000 parking spaces.

Luter’s son, Joseph W. Luter IV, wrote to Smithfield City Council in 2020 that his father envisioned “high quality development” with multi-family housing “for all income levels”.

But according to a tax impact study prepared by Ted Figura Consulting for LSMP LLC, Luter’s holding company for the Grange project, one-bedroom apartments in the development would rent for $1,525 a month – well above rent. 2020 Census median monthly $995 listed for Smithfield.

The study estimates the average sale price of single-family homes at $575,000, nearly double the median census listing value of $299,200 for Smithfield owner-occupied homes. Even duplexes are said to have an average sale price of over $500,000.

“Average household incomes are expected to be about $78,400 for apartment dwellers and about $109,650 for single-family community residents,” the study said.

Although neither Luter has made a formal request for rezoning or permits to date, Smithfield Planning Commission Chairman Charles Bryan said April 14 that he understands the project’s intent de Luter was to provide “young professionals working in this community” with “some place to live.”

But could they afford what is on offer?

In 2020, the median annual household income for all ages in Smithfield was $83,977, according to census data. Per person it was $43,680.

For Isle of Wight County as a whole, the 2020 median household income for all ages was slightly lower at $77,870, but still above the statewide median of $76,398. . Per person, county residents earned a median of $39,024.

County residents aged 22 to 24 earned an average salary of $32,808 in 2021, according to data provided by the Isle of Wight County Department of Economic Development. For ages 25 to 34, the average salary was $46,080.

“Locally and nationally, we’re seeing more new Millennials and Gen Z buyers,” said Smithfield-based real estate agent Jay Hassell, referring to people born in the 1980s, 1990s and early 1990s. 2000s. Both generations, he said, account for about 30% of today’s housing market.

According to Hassell, the current average house price in Isle of Wight County and Suffolk City is $278,000 for townhouses and duplexes, and $360,000 to $405,000 for townhouses. individual single-family homes.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, two federally controlled companies that provide money to the US housing market by buying residential mortgages and bundling those loans to sell to investors, were offering interest rates of 2.73 % to homebuyers with a credit score of 740-759. starting in January, Hassell said. Over the past three months, interest rates have increased to 5.23%.

“When rates go up, it’s not going to create less demand, but it’s going to change ‘buying power’ and it will force most buyers down into the price bands,” Hassell said.

A $400,000 house at 2.73% interest in January, he explained, would equal a monthly mortgage payment of $1,550. At the current rate of 5.23%, monthly mortgage payments for the same house, at the same selling price, would increase to $2,120.

For the average income on the Isle of Wight or Suffolk, “this would limit the buyer to a payment of around $1,972 per month” taking into account mortgage principal, interest and taxes, said Hasell.

That payment, at the current interest rate of 5.23%, he said, would limit the buyer to a home between $250,000 and $300,000, which would put him about $100,000 less than he wanted. wouldn’t have had one a year ago.

There are only 27 detached and semi-detached houses in this price range currently available for sale in Isle of Wight County and Suffolk. Of these, only seven are located on the Isle of Wight, he added.

“The average Isle of Wight and Suffolk buyer can no longer afford the average house in the area,” Hassell said. “Finding a home they can afford has become much more difficult in this already tight housing market.”

A Feb. 16 draft of Smithfield’s new comprehensive plan, which is expected to pass later this year, further alleges racial disparity in Smithfield’s housing market. According to the draft plan and the census, 12-17% of Smithfield residents live below the poverty line, compared to 9-10% statewide.

In the United States, “black residents are more likely to fall below the poverty line” and “this trend is more prevalent in Smithfield,” the plan says. In the city, 9.2% of white residents and 31% of black residents live below the poverty line, compared to 10.3% of white residents and 21.2% of black residents living in poverty nationally .

According to the tax impact study, the Grange “could seek” funding through the US Department of Housing and Urban Development, in which case 20% of the apartments would be reserved as affordable housing for households earning 80% of income. median of the region. — in the case of Smithfield, $67,000 or less. But “no presentation is made to this effect”.

HUD defines “affordable” as no more than 30% of an occupant’s gross income spent on housing costs, including utilities. According to the draft comprehensive plan, 44.4% of Smithfield apartment dwellers are already paying 35% or more of their income in rent.

Despite high rents, Smithfield saw a five percentage point change in its split of renters versus landlords. In 2010, 75% of Smithfield residents were homeowners and 25% were renters. By 2019, the city’s share of tenants had risen to 30% and its share of landlords had fallen to 70%.

“The increase in Smithfield is double the national average and may be the result of rising house prices and lack of affordability,” the plan says.

According to the census, housing growth in the county of the Isle of Wight has greatly exceeded that of the state and the region. In 2020, the number of housing units on the Isle of Wight increased by 16,441, or 12.4%, from 2010. Meanwhile, the number of housing units in Southern Virginia grew only 1.4% over the same period, compared to 7.6% statewide.

“As interest rates rise and despite new construction efforts, we’re still nearly 2 million homes short (nationally),” Hassell said, “which means we’ll likely see a market unbalanced sellers in the years to come”.

Zimbabwe: Anger as Zimstat fails to pay enumerators


Enumerators for the upcoming national census are increasingly restless after the Zimbabwe National Statistics Agency (ZimStat) failed to pay their allowances on time, a development that could jeopardize the process.

According to some enumerators, promises of advance payments were made on registration day for the 2022 population and housing census exercise scheduled for April 21-30, but no payments have been made so far. .

“We are waiting for our advance payments before we start work but since we were trained nothing has been deposited into our accounts as promised,” an investigator said.

“We were told the money was deposited into our accounts early last week and we made daily inquiries about the balance. No explanation was given to us about the delays,” the enumerator said. .

Another enumerator from Mashonaland East province said they were asked to claim their money in US dollars, but would receive the money in local currency.

“We don’t know if we are being duped or not. Why should I claim the money in USD and then receive it in Zimdollar? Something is wrong,” the investigator said.

40,000 investigators and 7,000 supervisors have been trained to undertake the exercise.

ZimStat chief executive Taguma Mahonde attributed the delay in payments to “logistical issues”.

“Payment processes have begun. Those who are not registered with the Civil Service Commission’s Salary Services Bureau (SSB) will begin to receive their money tomorrow (Tuesday). Due to the Easter Holidays and Independence Day “, the process of transferring money from one bank account to another was not functional. Those on SSB will need a day or more to receive their money. We are seized of the matter”, a said Mahonde.

“Current government stipends have been set in US dollars but are paid at auction rate. For any public servant this should not be news as the government has issued circulars on the payment of these stipends. This is how it works the flyer,” Mahonde added.

Guilfoyle arrives at the federal building housing the January 6 panel investigators


Kimberly Guilfoyle, who helped plan the January 6, 2021 rallies, was spotted entering the building that houses investigators from the committee looking into the attack on the Capitol that day.

Guilfoyle, the fiancée of Donald Trump Jr., spoke at the rally ahead of the attack on the Capitol and, according to the committee, helped raise funds for the event. She was seen entering the O’Neill House office building on Monday following a subpoena in March.

“Ms. Guilfoyle met with Donald Trump inside the White House, spoke at the rally that took place before the Jan. 6 riot, and apparently played a key role in organizing and collecting funds for this event. The select committee is seeking information from him on these and other matters,” Rep. Bennie Thompson (D-Miss.), chair of the select committee investigating the attack, said in a statement. following his subpoena.

Guilfoyle’s appearance on Monday would be his second before the panel. She met briefly with investigators in February, leaving after objecting to the appearance of committee lawmakers, who regularly attend depositions.

“Ms. Guilfoyle, under threat of a subpoena, has agreed to meet exclusively with counsel for the select committee in a good faith effort to provide truthful and relevant evidence,” said Guilfoyle’s attorney, Joseph Tacopina, in a statement at the time.

The committee declined to comment on Monday, and Tacopina did not immediately respond to request for comment.

Guilfoyle would be the third member of the Trump family to sit with panel investigators in recent weeks.

Former President Trump’s daughter, Ivanka Trump, and her husband, Jared Kushner, who like Ivanka Trump worked as a senior White House aide, both voluntarily met with January 6 committee investigators this month. .

Delaware County actually saw its population increase in 2021


MUNCIE, Ind. – It’s probably not enough to get the drive-thru lines of Chick-fil-A or Starbucks to push deeper down McGalliard Road, but the community has grown a bit for the first time in a decade

Delaware County’s population increase in 2021 was 202 people. The change is notable if for no other reason than it’s the first time in 10 years that the county hasn’t lost population in an annual US Census Bureau estimate.

The growth was not limited to Delaware County. Five of Indiana’s nine east-central counties showed an uptick. Henry County added 50 people, Fayette County added 27, Randolph County increased by 12, and Wayne County added just one person to its population.

After: Local mushroom construction during the pandemic generates a lot of revenue for Delaware County

Yet overall, the region is losing people. Grant, Rush, Jay and Blackford counties showed population losses in the estimates. When combined, Indiana’s nine east-central counties showed a decrease of 178 people.

But the estimated population number was refreshing for Delaware County, which has been plagued by a long-term population decline spanning 50 years. The last time census figures showed an increase here was in 2011.

“Mount Pleasant and Salem (Yorktown and Daleville) townships have grown over the past two decades, while the rest of Delaware County, including Center Township, has been losing population for decades,” he said. said Michael Hicks, director of the Center for Business and Economics Research at Ball State University. “There is nothing in this data, prior census data, school enrollment data, or Ball State enrollment data to suggest a significant change in these trends.”

But the gain of a year is better than the alternative.

“I’m excited to see this increase for 2021,” said Muncie Mayor Dan Ridenour. “I guess projects like downtown White River Lofts, which is filling up fast, issuing 36 Muncie single-family building permits in 2021 and newly renovated apartments at 424 Lofts, Labor Center Lofts and 613 W. Charles have also played into census estimates.

The mayor also mentioned other city efforts, including welcoming refugees from 2021 after the Taliban takeover of Afghanistan, as helping to spur local growth. The number of new Afghan residents has more than doubled to 91 so far this year, according to the city.

Hicks warned that the annual estimate is based on data from July 2021, and that COVID-19 deaths through the end of last year and the arrival of refugees, which he said the city should be proud, wouldn’t have played in the census. Numbers.

Specific growth areas

Delaware was one of 58 counties in Indiana, out of 92, estimated to have received a population gain in 2021.

In recent years, even as Delaware County has been losing population overall, gains have occurred in the southwestern portion of the county near Interstate 69 and the suburban population boom north of Indianapolis. .

“Population growth shows a strong causal influence of school quality as well as high-quality public services,” Hicks said. “The trend of migration and natural population growth in these areas shows signs of strengthening.”

Yorktown has worked hard and consistently on “quality of life” issues, Yorktown City Manager Pete Olson said, and its schools have a strong academic reputation.

He spoke on Tuesday as he watched workers put the finishing touches to The Oliver, a $6 million development of apartments, retail and offices along Smith Street across from a plaza, Civic Green, from New Yorktown City Hall.

The upscale development has 26 apartments and, Olson said, someone involved with the project told him that 24 of the apartments were already rented ahead of the planned move-in next month.

Tax increment funding from a $2 million bond issue is being used to help build The Oliver, which will provide views of Morrow’s Meadow and park development to the north. Rebar Development of Fishers oversees construction and leasing.

For subscribers: Indiana’s workforce for low-paying Muncie-area jobs may have shrunk for good

Yorktown’s growing population has helped strengthen the community’s tax base, Olson said.

Census figures show there were 11,548 people living in the city as of the 2020 census, up from 9,405 in 2010.

The town just west of Muncie also has another much larger residential project underway. A $40 million residential development on the west side of town by developer Bison Properties of Noblesville is still to come, Olson said.

The developer continues to work on its funding close, Olson said. Yorktown City Council stepped forward with $5 million in development TIF bonds at a meeting in July 2020.

Olson said the bonds will be paid through Bison property taxes and the development and the city is not responsible for the money. Proceeds from the bond were to be used for project-related infrastructure, including roads, sewers and electricity.

Growth reflected in Yorktown Schools

Yorktown has been blessed for growth by its location.

“A lot of different things worked in our favor,” said Greg Hinshaw, superintendent of Yorktown Community Schools.

Housing in and around Yorktown, including newer housing stock, was readily available – at least until recently, he said. And the short drive to I-69 means downtown Indianapolis is just an hour away.

There are schools in Yorktown that, according to Public School Review, rank in the top 20% of public schools in Indiana. The school district is completing a massive construction project that, when complete, will create room for 3,000 enrolled students, up from 2,700 currently. In 2010, the total enrollment at Yorktown was 2,100.

A future enrollment study completed a few years ago predicted that enrollment in Yorktown would remain flat, which Hinshaw says doesn’t sound all that impressive, except that most other school districts were estimating declines.

In addition to the increase in the resident population of Yorktown Community Schools, changes at the state level that facilitated transfer to public school districts outside of a student’s residence brought even more students in Yorktown.

Hinshaw said the pace of a large influx of students from the Muncie Community Schools District has slowed, after financial and administrative problems at schools in the city led to the takeover of the Muncie District in 2018 by Ball State, as approved by the Indiana General Assembly. “It’s stabilized now,” he said.

Some grades in Yorktown are at a level that won’t allow transfers from outside the district, but Hinshaw said there should be room for new students coming from outside the district from grade level. kindergarten in the future.

Evidence of the dynamics of economic development

More than Delaware County, Hicks said the only two townships in east central Indiana with sustained population growth were Mount Pleasant (now all part of Yorktown) and Salem Townships – Yorktown and Daleville Schools , with Yorktown schools having both residential growth and transfer growth.

In years in which the county’s population grew, the population grew by an average of 898 people, and in declining years, an average of 716 fewer people lived in the county from year to year. other. The smallest “growth year” in recent records is the one just reported, he said.

“Over the past two decades, Delaware County has lost an average of 327 residents per year,” Hicks reported. “The biggest improvement came in 2010, when new residents numbered 2,479. This was largely due to increased student enrollment at the time. The biggest drop came in 2020. “

During the COVID-19 pandemic, movement from small communities to big cities has slowed, Hicks said. But it is not known if this change will continue. Rising housing prices in urban centers could indicate that such a COVID-inspired trend is coming to an end.

“Muncie City is highly unlikely to have experienced population growth in 2020,” Hicks said. “If so, Muncie Schools Improvement should be credited.”

Nonetheless, Ridenour said this first population increase measured by the U.S. census in 10 years, while not yet a trend, is proof that economic development efforts are starting to pay off and take hold. the extent.

He said his administration’s MakeMyMove effort to attract remote workers to Muncie is gaining momentum with more than 100 apps. Muncie also has several new housing options under construction.

Ridenour cited new employers, such as CANPACK, with more than 350 jobs, and Living Greens Farm with more than 125 jobs, as helping to strengthen the economic base of Muncie and Delaware County.

“We have real benefits with employment as a city and county. Housing is a concern.” Ridenour added.

Hicks warned that building new homes first will not lead to growth. “Muncie’s population loss is a demand issue, not a housing supply issue,” he said. “The addition of new housing does not affect demand.”

But Ridenour is focusing on the bright side and moving forward: “A growing U.S. Census Bureau population result, even if only for a year, should be good news for Muncie and Delaware County. .

David Penticuff is the local government reporter at The Star Press. Contact him at [email protected]

Moving story of a person for whom coffee is much more than a little foam | Alex Clark


I picking up the phone of an old friend who, until a few weeks ago, had a professional life much like mine; You might call it a portfolio career, but in truth, it’s about getting into all sorts of things to make money. In his case, a Starbuck; he’s a coffee enthusiast and as we chatted a sad story came to light which saw him being relieved of his to-go latte by an unofficial concierge as he arrived at a swanky office building for a meeting. Honestly, he said, I could have cried, to which you might reply, well, go ahead and cry me a river.

Except the latte was a small manifestation of creature comfort and normalcy, a treat to propel him on a whirlwind trip to London, where he normally lives but has been largely absent from recently. These days, you can most often find him in Jaroslaw, Poland, where he went to volunteer for a newly founded charity called Poland Welcomes, whose mission is to provide shelter and amenities to Ukrainian women and children. who were forced to leave their homes. At last count, they had 500 guests at a series of hastily matched venues; they’re trying to get to 2,000.

For a while he seemed like the head of laundry – as he points out, it takes a lot of washers and dryers when people arrive with only the clothes on their backs – and now he’s added that he’s knocking on the doors of organizations to obtain funds.

Every time he calls, I’m newly impressed. He’s my ordinary buddy, who does ordinary things (plus ice skating, which isn’t ordinary but he’s terribly good at). I never really know what to ask him except how it’s going and what I can send him. So I ask about coffee. He sends a picture of a foldable portable filter that comes with him everywhere but rather sadly adds that he can’t fit a frother in his luggage.

Census consensus

No time to get up and watch the cows when there is the census to collect. Photography: Fabiano Strappazzon/Getty Images/EyeEm

I send her a picture of my new cover in a clumsy attempt at solidarity. It’s all lovely blue and yellow stripes and comes from a woolen mill here in Kilkenny. This latest production is the result of a collaboration with a young artist called Ellie Dunne, with all proceeds going to the Irish Red Cross. When I went down to the factory to pick it up, they told me that everyone had been on deck to weave the blankets in record time, but they hadn’t hesitated a second.

It’s a small detail that I might have added to the “time capsule” part of the Irish National Census, which we have all just completed. The distribution and collection of the forms is done by hand, and we had a joyful conversation with the woman who picked up ours, ranging from ethnomusicology to the wisdom of Desiderata. The weather was fine and we were on the doorstep, watching the cows. Eventually my husband noticed that at this rate, and in such a sparsely populated area, she would only manage to get about three forms safely collected in a day, so she left.

Noble in name…

Sam Waley-Cohen rides Noble Yeats en route to winning the 2022 Randox Grand National Festival in Aintree.
Sam Waley-Cohen rides Noble Yeats en route to winning the 2022 Randox Grand National Festival in Aintree. Photograph: Peter Powell/EPA

In other local news, The Lord Bagenal Inn in the small town of Leighlinbridge is where my mother-in-law might go for a fancy lunch with some pals. Last week, however, she might also have seen Noble Yeats, the Grand National winner who made Sam Waley-Cohen so proud in his last race before retiring; the horse had been brought home to take a lap of honor.

Had I been there, I would have given him nothing but the best carrots: stung by his literary name and provenance, I backed him at 66-1, the first and almost certainly last time I been to Aintree.

Alex Clark is an Observer columnist

i-Biaya to help increase home ownership among M40, B40


The government will help low-income families to have their own homes through the Malaysia Housing Finance Initiative (i-Biaya) which was launched two days ago.

Finance Minister Tengku Datuk Seri Zafrul Tengku Abdul Aziz (pictured) said the government was aware that people without a fixed income or payslip would face difficulties buying a house.

i-Biaya is a component of the home ownership program that focuses on the housing ecosystem, including housing provision as well as other related policies.

He added that under the Skim Rumah Pertamaku, a total of 67,000 families owned their first home in February.

“The scheme has helped them with a total funding of RM14.8 billion, of which more than 90% came from the bottom 40% (B40) income group while in terms of age, 92% of them are 35 and under.

“The program is expected to benefit 25,000 applicants from the B40 and middle 40% (M40) income group this year with an estimated funding of RM5.9 billion,” he said at the launch of i- Biaya yesterday.

Meanwhile, in his presentation of the People’s 92nd Financial Report via Facebook Live yesterday, the Minister said that i-Biaya was launched to facilitate the process of public ownership.

“I hope with this initiative it will enable people to own a home in line with the National Housing Policy which emphasizes affordable housing for low income groups,” he added.

The report highlighted financial aid for teenagers between the ages of 18 and 20 as well as full-time students under the cashless transaction scheme, called e-Pemula.

Under the initiative, eligible recipients within the specified group will receive RM150 in the form of e-cash. The government has allocated RM300 million for e-Pemula.

“This initiative aims to reduce their financial burden and encourage cashless spending in physical stores.

“We have chosen to favor cashless transactions in physical stores to support local businesses, because buying online does not necessarily mean that items are purchased from local sellers.

“It is our responsibility to support the local economy especially as we emerge from the fallout from Covid-19,” he said.

Claims can be made from April 11 to June 1, 2022, and the amount can be used until June 10, 2022.

The ministry will also launch Good Governance Principles for Government Linked Investment Companies (GLICs) today.

Tengku Zafrul said the principles will be the main reference and guidelines for good governance that should be adopted by GLICs.

“The preparation of this guideline takes into account and integrates standards of practice and discussions related to public and corporate governance at the national and global level,” said the Minister.

Regarding taxes, Tengku Zafrul reminded the audience that there are various tax initiatives the government has in store, such as extending the tax deduction on renovations up to RM300,000 to support compliance with standard operating procedures.

Other tax initiatives include the deferral of income tax installments and the special tax reduction on rent reductions.

Source: TheMalaysianReserve.com

Training Plans to Manage Oakland Coliseum’s Growing Feral Cat Population – NBC Bay Area


Leaders at the Oakland-Alameda County Coliseum complex say it’s time to do something about the growing population of feral cats around the stadium. They don’t choose to get rid of feral cats, but rather manage the growth of this group of felines.

Henry Gardner, executive director of the Oakland Alameda County Coliseum Authority, told the Coliseum Board of Commissioners on Friday that he wanted to clarify his thoughts on feral cats.

“I want it to be clear on the record that we need to celebrate and honor these cats because while they created some nuisance for us, they did a superior job of getting rid of all other rodents,” said said Gardner.

“The feral cats have worked very hard and been very successful, they have multiplied in number, and now we have to come up with a plan that allows us to at least control the population,” he continued.

The Coliseum worked with the city and Oakland Animal Services to develop this plan.

Oakland Animal Services Director Ann Dunn says her estimate is that there are about 100 cats around the Colosseum, with about half on the property itself and the other half in the surrounding area.

“If we were to remove these cats, it would just mean that different cats would enter this territory,” she said, adding that no one is talking about removing the cats at this time.

Dunn explained that her staff will help remove the kittens from the Colosseum, but otherwise their role will be to neuter and neuter the Colosseum cats so they stop breeding.

She said there might be a few coliseum cats that are being socialized and if so, they can be put up for adoption. But Dunn expects most cats are unsocialized and fail to be adopted.

NBC Bay Area Crews spotted only two feral cats at the Coliseum on Friday, but Dunn noted that the feral cats tend to only come out in the middle of the night.

“So there’s probably a lot of cats that you just don’t see, even if they’re just there,” she added.

Coliseum staff members told NBC Bay Area of ​​their experiences finding cats hiding in their golf carts and under their cars.

At the commissioners’ meeting on Friday, Gardner acknowledged the facility could do more to deter cats.

“We’ve also been told by the city that one of the things we can do is make sure our dumpsters are secure and we can do a better job of that,” Gardner said.

Dunn pointed out that while the cats in the Colosseum are now getting all the attention, feral cat populations across the city have increased.

“It’s a pretty complicated problem,” she said. “There is an extreme veterinary shortage, it is extremely difficult for people to access affordable sterilization and we see the population increasing year on year.”

Because feral cats cannot be adopted, Dunn said her organization believes they should be kept in their outdoor homes.

“We are so grateful that the Colosseum shares this goal and that everyone is working in the best interest of cats,” she said.

Explainer: Michael Barr faces a long to-do list as the US Fed’s next Wall Street cop


The Federal Reserve Building on Constitution Avenue is pictured in Washington, U.S., March 19, 2019. REUTERS/Leah Millis/File Photo

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


WASHINGTON, April 15 (Reuters) – U.S. President Joe Biden announced on Friday he would appoint former Treasury official Michael Barr as the Federal Reserve’s Wall Street cop, replacing Sarah Bloom Raskin, who has was withdrawn in March after failing to win support from moderate Democrats. Read more

Currently a professor at the University of Michigan Law School, Barr was a central Treasury figure under President Barack Obama when Congress passed sweeping reforms in the wake of the 2007-09 financial crisis.

Here’s the regulatory agenda Barr will have to tackle if he wins Senate approval:

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com



Randal Quarles, the former Fed vice chairman for oversight, led a review of the post-crisis regulations, arguing they were too blunt and onerous. Democrats have accused Quarles of saving Wall Street billions of dollars while increasing systemic risk, and they want the Fed to revisit some of those changes.

Among the most controversial were revisions to the “Volcker rule” limiting speculative banking investments; removal of the requirement for large banks to hold capital against certain swap transactions; and stripping the Fed of its power to fail banks in their annual “stress tests” based on subjective concerns.

Barr will have to carefully decide which of these changes he thinks he can undo, given that such changes are likely to be contentious and time-consuming.


Climate change, a top policy priority for Democrats, is expected to move quickly onto the Fed’s agenda.

The Fed has so far asked lenders to explain how they are mitigating climate change risks to their balance sheets, with the industry planning to move to formal analysis of climate change scenarios in 2023, Reuters reported.

These projects should be accelerated. The big question will be whether the Fed is pushing for restrictions or tougher capital requirements for banks with high exposures to polluting industries or other climate-specific risks.

Fed officials may end up being more cautious than progressives had hoped, as Raskin’s appointment was ultimately sunk by fears she would push climate risk too aggressively.


The Fed’s stance on bank mergers and acquisitions is expected to toughen under the leadership of a new overseer. Progressive Democrats generally oppose bank reconciliations, arguing they reduce competition and hurt consumers, and many deals were delayed after Quarles left the supervisory role in October. Read more

Some pending deals have been approved following the renomination of Fed Chairman Jerome Powell, but the industry is still waiting for the Fed and the Justice Department to decide on potential new policy for banking deals. If confirmed, Barr is expected to lead the committee reviewing potential tie-ups.


The Fed is also expected to tackle proposed regulations for “fintech” companies that are rapidly eating away at the traditional financial sector.

It explores how banks intersect with fintechs, especially with smaller lenders who can outsource more services and infrastructure. Fintechs are also lobbying the Fed for access to its payment system.

While other banking regulators have worked for years to bring fintechs under their regulatory umbrella, the Fed has resisted, fearing it could create systemic risks. But as the sector continues to inflate, the Fed should act.


Another issue on the table is the supplemental leverage ratio, a rule created after the crisis a decade ago requiring banks to hold capital against assets regardless of their risk.

The Fed had to temporarily relax that rule amid the pandemic, as a glut of bank deposits and Treasuries drove up banks’ capital requirements on what are considered safe assets.

Despite intense bank lobbying, the Fed let this relief expire but promised to review the general rule. The Fed has not yet released a proposal.


The central bank will also play a key role in a long-awaited overhaul of the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rules, which encourage lending in low-income communities.

The Fed, which shares responsibility for writing the rules with other banking regulators, hopes the ARC can be updated to reflect the growth of online banking, while ensuring lenders make meaningful contributions to regions. the poorest they serve.

Barr would likely need to be in place before the Fed could approve the changes.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Editing by Michelle Price and Hugh Lawson

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Live News: Turkey Keeps Interest Rates Unchanged Despite 61% Inflation


Singapore’s monetary authority said it would use two of its three policy-tightening tools on Thursday, in a bid to tackle the price spike that has occurred despite lackluster economic growth.

The city-state, which uses exchange rates rather than borrowing costs to control inflation, said it would raise the midpoint and steepen the slope of the effective exchange rate band for the Singapore dollar. .

While economists expected Singapore to tighten its stance, adjusting both the slope and the midpoint was an unexpectedly aggressive move. This came as the Monetary Authority of Singapore raised its inflation forecast and issued a pessimistic note on global growth prospects in the face of war in Ukraine.

Core inflation in Singapore rose to 2.3% year-on-year between January and February, from 1.7% in the last quarter of 2021, driven by higher energy and food prices. Gross domestic product, also announced on Thursday, rose 3.4%, slightly beating economists’ forecasts.

In light of global price pressures and a tightening labor market, the MAS raised its core inflation forecast by 0.5 percentage points and raised its headline inflation forecast by 2 percentage points. percentage.

Priyanka Kishore, head of India and Southeast Asia economics at Oxford Economics, has predicted a further 5 basis point slope tightening this year, possibly before October if inflationary pressures persist.

“We expect growth to slow again sequentially in the second quarter. At 3.3% in 2022 and 2.3% in 2023, our growth forecast is below consensus and we expect the output gap to not will only become positive at the end of 2023,” Kishore said in a statement.

“Yet, risks to the growth outlook have shifted more to the downside amid heightened geopolitical uncertainties, rising inflation and downside risks for China due to its continued approach to zero Covid. “

Federal election 2022: Labor leader Anthony Albanese unveils plan to reduce pressure on rising rental prices


A Labor government will seek to increase housing supply to reduce pressure on rising rents.

The Community Housing Industry Association says people are being squeezed out of the market as rent prices exceed wages.

Even after receiving rent assistance, nearly half of tenants were still experiencing housing stress.

Watch the latest news on Channel 7 or stream it for free on 7plus >>

Labor leader Anthony Albanese said the party’s Housing Australia Future Fund aims to address some of these issues.

‘Part of the problem we’ve seen is that you’ve seen a reduction in Commonwealth engagement and involvement in building new social housing,’ he told NSW area reporters on Thursday. Hunter.

Australian Opposition Leader Anthony Albanese. Credit: LUKAS COCH/AAPIMAGE

“The last time we were in power, we built something in the order of 20,000 additional social housing units, but we renovated or refurbished some 80,000.

“We also changed the social experience of people in this public accommodation.”

Asked about the private market, Mr Albanese said the increased supply would relieve the pressure.

“I had a meeting with people from the Property Council last week…we will continue to engage,” he said.

“We will have more to say about housing, including the private market, during the campaign.”

Anthony Albanese says Labour’s Housing Australia Future Fund will tackle rising house prices. Credit: AAP

CHIA wants all parties to commit to a national housing strategy involving all levels of government and the private and not-for-profit sectors.

The strategy should include investment in the construction of 25,000 new social and affordable rental units per year, a national build-to-rent-to-buy program and a national climate resilience fund to support the renovation or renewal of poorly designed housing.

HCS budgets for a declining student population


During the COVID-19 pandemic, schools in North Carolina have not suffered budget cuts due to declining student populations in all areas. Now, as the pandemic takes a back seat to the daily lives of many, schools are being held accountable for their actual per diem numbers. For schools in Haywood County, that means there is less money available.

“The biggest problem is the reduced number of students in a very short time,” Nolte said.

During a work session on March 31, Nolte presented a draft budget to the school board. He painted the picture of a school system that would suddenly receive a funding cut in the coming year due to a dwindling student population, dwindling COVID relief funds and required salary increases. by the state budget, but which would nevertheless be in good shape, thanks in part to a healthy fund balance.

“It’s kind of frustrating when, as superintendent, I feel like we’ve done everything, during the pandemic, that the federal government, the state government and the local community wanted us to do. “, said Nolte. “Now that state and federal money is being pulled out quickly, I’m not sure a lot of the school systems that did what we did will have an easy transition.”

Despite the loss of COVID funds, Nolte made it clear that the biggest hurdle for schools in Haywood County is the declining student population. Public schools receive a certain amount for each student enrolled, and HCS enrollment has declined by nearly 500 students since the start of 2019. In the 2019-2020 school year, 7,100 students were enrolled in the system. This school year, 6,557 students were enrolled. .

These enrollment figures do not include students from Haywood’s charter schools. Although the county’s charter schools have gained students since the pandemic began, according to Nolte, they haven’t gained half the students that Haywood County public schools have lost.

For every student enrolled, the school system receives approximately $2,300 locally and over $7,000 statewide.

Nolte also described falling birth rates in Haywood County. According to the superintendent, birth rates are generally closely tied to the number of children entering the school system within five to six years. From 2016 to 2019, the number of births in Haywood County was as follows: 616, 617, 540, 525.

“So unless we have a rapid influx of families with school-age children, we can’t expect our student population to start growing because of the birth rate,” Nolte said. “I am showing you all of this to let you know that this is the responsible and necessary thing to do to ensure that our school system is the size, financially and in personnel, of a school system that has 6,500 students instead of more than 7,000.”

One consequence of this loss of funds is the need for fewer locally funded teachers. Haywood County currently funds 34 teachers locally. The budget for the 2022-23 school year allocates just over $1.2 million to locally funded teachers, up from $1.8 million for the current school year, which would cover 13 teachers and two lead teachers , as well as their benefits and allowances. According to Nolte, this is the budgetary objective for the next school year but it will depend on retirements and resignations.

Other major local expenses include central office administration at just over $1 million, non-teaching support at just over $7 million, and employee supplements at over $3 million. Total expenditures for the local current expenditures budget are $18,277,556, which is $1.5 million more than the previous year.

Just over $16.5 million will come from county appropriations, $345,000 from fines and forfeitures, $24,000 from ABC revenue and $1.1 million from the fund balance. Although HCS has set aside more than $1 million in fund balance, Nolte said the school system has consistently used less fund balance than expected in past years and plans to do the same next year. next.

Total capital expenditures for the 2022-23 school year are $900,000. This amount will allow the school system to meet eight of its most pressing needs. Generator to be replaced at Clyde Elementary, spare Bard units for maintenance, new exterior doors at Meadowbrook Elementary, new water heater at Pisgah, new fire alarm panel at Riverbend Elementary, paving repairs at various schools, a new roof in the Waynesville Middle cafeteria and a new gymnasium floor also at Waynesville Middle School. The capital budget is funded by state sales tax money.

The total school nutrition fund for the 2022-2023 school year is $5.2 million. The infant nutrition program operates independently from other programs. The budget for the coming school year shows an increase of 3.25%.

“It’s hard to look at past trends in budgeting for this year,” said school nutrition director Allison Francis. “We had the luxury of being able to feed children other than our students and that helped us with our income, and that disappears from June 30. The exemption for all students to eat for free also disappears.

Labor and benefits make up 52% ​​of the school nutrition budget, food and supplies make up 39%, and overhead 8%. Salary increases mandated in the state budget added about $162,000 to the labor and benefits portion of the budget.

Due to an increase in food prices, the HCS Nutrition Department recently announced an increase in school meal prices. Breakfast cost increased to $2, K-5 lunch increased to $3.50, and Grade 6-12 lunch increased to $3.75.

The 2022-2023 Haywood County Schools Budget was unanimously approved at the April 4 school board meeting.

Saskatchewan. man waiting two years for brain surgery


The Dulles are among nearly 35,000 people on the province’s surgical backlog list as health centers continue to face pressure.

Content of the article

Gillian Dulle’s eyes began to fill with tears as she explained the difficulties she and her husband Brennon had to face while waiting for him to undergo brain surgery.

Advertisement 2

Content of the article

At the end of their tether, the Dulles took their concerns to the Legislative Assembly, hoping the government could provide answers.

“I think everyone has the capacity and the resilience to deal with certain circumstances, but there comes a time when that capacity runs out,” Gillian told reporters after the issue arose during the period. questions. “We are at the point of capacity exhaustion.”

The Dulles are among nearly 35,000 people on the province’s surgical backlog list as health centers continue to face pressure due to understaffing.

Gillian said they’ve been waiting two years. Brennon needs a pre-op procedure, but they don’t know when that will be.

Brennon, who has severe epilepsy and has already had two surgeries, said her situation seemed out of control.

“I can’t get the medical help I need in Saskatchewan,” Brennon said. “It’s very difficult because Gill has two jobs at the moment.”

Brennon Dulle worries about having waited so long for brain surgery and his wife working two jobs to support the family.
Brennon Dulle worries about having waited so long for brain surgery and his wife working two jobs to support the family. Photo by TROY FLEECE /Regina Chief’s Post

During Question Period, Health Minister Paul Merriman said he had undertaken to meet with the Dulles after hearing their concerns.

Merriman told reporters he’s heard from many families talking about challenges with surgeries or extended program delays.

He acknowledged that it took the department about 60 days to respond to Dulle’s concerns, which he says isn’t the best response time.

“We always get a lot of people,” Merriman said. “We’ve actually assigned additional people to correspondence to make sure we respond quicker and quicker from a patient perspective.”

Advertisement 3

Content of the article

During Question Period, the NDP accused the situations faced by people like the Dulles of being unacceptable and unsustainable.

Health critic Vicki Mowat told reporters the backlog is the result of a system that is overwhelmed and facing staffing issues.

“It’s not just that the government hasn’t prioritized getting the surgical backlog under control, that’s certainly part of it, but it’s also about greater pressures on the system,” Mowat said. . “That’s the problem with letting your healthcare system come to this. There are no magic bullets, but what we can do is make sure the staff is available.

Merriman said the province was spending an additional $21 million to enable 7,000 more surgeries this year, adding that was a problem in many provinces across Canada.

He said 96% of scheduled surgeries are in progress. Doctors prioritize surgeries based on their urgency, he added.

“We respect their decisions on who gets priority in the OR,” Merriman said. “That’s why we’re also moving some surgeries to the private and publicly funded area so we can perform other surgeries, such as some of the minor surgeries.”

Brennon Dulle, joined by his wife Gillian, in the rotunda of the Legislative Building on April 12, 2022. “I feel like that compassion was missing when we came here,” Gillian said.
Brennon Dulle, joined by his wife Gillian, in the rotunda of the Legislative Building on April 12, 2022. “I feel like that compassion was missing when we came here,” Gillian said. Photo by TROY FLEECE /Regina Chief’s Post

Saskatchewan has also launched a recruitment and retention plan to see more employees working in the health system.

Despite the need, many health workers expressed burnout, which Brennon noticed.

“My doctors are very stressed. Very, very stressed,” he said. “They are very overworked and frustrated.”

Advertisement 4

Content of the article

Gillian said she felt there was little compassion when she came to the Legislative Assembly.

“With all the stress they are going through themselves, one thing we have always seen is that we have received compassion and care from doctors, nurses, paramedics…on the whole nine yards,” she said. “I feel like that compassion was missing when we came here (Tuesday).”

[email protected]

News seems to be flying towards us faster all the time. From COVID-19 updates to politics and crime and everything in between, it can be hard to keep up. With that in mind, the Regina Leader-Post has created an Afternoon Headlines newsletter that can be delivered to your inbox daily to ensure you are up to date with the most vital news of the day. Click here to subscribe.

Advertisement 1


Postmedia is committed to maintaining a lively yet civil discussion forum and encourages all readers to share their views on our articles. Comments can take up to an hour to be moderated before appearing on the site. We ask that you keep your comments relevant and respectful. We have enabled email notifications. You will now receive an email if you receive a reply to your comment, if there is an update to a comment thread you follow, or if a user follows you comments. Visit our Community Rules for more information and details on how to adjust your E-mail settings.

The last day to register for the Census of Agriculture is June 30 – Alexandria Echo Press


DOUGLAS COUNTY – The Census of Agriculture is a comprehensive count of America’s farms and ranches and the people who operate them. Even small plots of land—whether rural or urban—growing fruits, vegetables, or certain food animals count if $1,000 or more of those products were harvested and sold, or would normally have been sold, during the census year.

The Census of Agriculture, conducted only once every five years, examines land use and ownership, operator characteristics, production practices, revenues and expenses. For American farmers and ranchers, the Census of Agriculture is their voice, their future, and their opportunity.

The Agricultural Census is currently underway and June 30 is the last day to register for the 2022 Agricultural Census. If you have never received a census and are new to National Statistics Service surveys farms, you are required to register to be counted today. You do not need to register if you already receive NASS surveys. To register, go to



Registration will close on June 30, then in November the Agricultural Census will be mailed out and the data collection process will begin. The response deadline has been set for February 6, 2023 and the data is expected to be published in 2024.

Douglas County Profile 2017 The last Census of Agriculture was taken in 2017. Here is an overview of some of the Douglas County data that was collected.

‘People have apparently exhausted their savings’, say economists


CLEVELAND, Ohio – As farmers in Northeast Ohio prepare for planting season, they face exorbitant costs.

The US Department of Agriculture says most fertilizer prices have more than doubled over the past year.

The cost of seed and diesel also increases and these higher costs will be passed on to you.

Building your dream home also costs more.

Right now, builders across the country are struggling to keep new homes affordable during supply chain and inflation issues.

The US Census Bureau says home construction costs rose 17.5% from 2020 to 2021, the biggest one-year jump since 19-70.

But, all is not bad.

The average gas price is down in Ohio.

According to AAA, gas costs $3.86 a gallon, down 10 cents from a week ago and more than 20 cents from a month ago.

And the battle against rising inflation is fought on two fronts:

First, consumers are trying to find the money to cover rising costs.

We see this impact on the savings rate, which is now below pre-pandemic levels.

“So people have apparently exhausted their savings,” said Kurt Rankin, senior economist at PNC Financial Services Group.

Second, the Federal Reserve is turning to interest rate hikes to rein in our spending and slow the economy.

“Essentially, 70% of the United States is run by workers who take home a paycheck but then pump it back into the economy. So if that slows down, the economy slows down and recession becomes a problem,” Rankin said.

Rankin said recreation and hospitality job creation in northeast Ohio is currently among the worst in the country, which could be a saving grace if the United States slips into recessionary territory. .

“The fact that Northeast Ohio has fallen a little bit, maybe that provides a bit of a cushion on which if there’s a downturn, there’s not as much of a pullback.”

Either way, Rankin, along with other economists, predicts that a host of stressors will surface. that will impact personal budgets in the months to come.

“You might see it in your mortgage rates, mortgage rates start to go up, you might see it in the credit card debt you’re paying, as your credit card debt increases and your employer decides not to borrow money to keep growing,” said Michael Goldberg.

Goldberg, of Case Western Reserve University’s Weatherhead School of Management, said now is a good time to crunch the numbers when it comes to your budget.

“There are these times when we as individuals look at how we are spending our resources,” Goldberg said.

While it may be tempting to maintain your spending levels during an economic downturn by using credit cards, Rankin advises against it.

“Interest rates are rising, and they will continue to rise,” Rankin said.

Both Rankin and Goldberg said the implication of rising interest rates will be felt within a year to a year and a half, which could mean an economic downturn in mid-2023.

Honoring the past: Vietnamese people in Spokane celebrate Heritage Day on Sunday


The Vietnamese American Seniors Association of Spokane celebrated its 6th annual Vietnamese Heritage Day on Sunday, honoring those who settled in the country while fleeing China’s Han dynasty.

According to Ngoc Chau, the treasurer of the Vietnamese American Senior Citizens Association, April 10 is the day Vietnamese people honor Founding Fathers’ Day.

Mary Nguyen was one of the main organizers of the event in Spokane which was held at the Shadle Park Library with over 100 people in attendance.

“Without our seniors, I couldn’t participate in this event,” Nguyen said. “They helped us with the food, the preparation and were really very energetic. They came and helped with as many things as they could.

From perfecting sticky rice dumplings from muscle memory to becoming fluent in English and Vietnamese, elders are both the backbone of Vietnamese society and a bridge to the homeland. .

They carry and cherish memories of what Vietnam was like before the communist regime took power in the 1960s and 1970s and upended lives during the Vietnam War. Veterans were honored with yellow tulips, the color associated with royalty in Vietnam.

Among those honored was Tan Do, a Green Beret in the Republic of Vietnam Army during the Vietnam War. Do participated in community service under his two-star general, Pham Van Phu, who committed suicide during the fall of Saigon along with four other generals to avoid capture.

After the fall of Saigon, Do was captured and served an eight-year prison term for his service in the Vietnam War. He was released in 1991 and came to America as a refugee. Do called the relationship between Vietnamese and American veterans a “close bond.”

“Once the American people came to help our country fight the Communists, we worked closely together,” Do said. “We weren’t very happy when the Americans withdrew from our country. We had a lot of suffering back then after the Americans left our country.

Do recognized the moment as a way to thank everyone who participated in the war, including citizens who defended their country’s freedom. The Vietnamese and American national anthems were played.

“It serves to remind everyone, not just the Vietnamese military, but all Vietnamese, because we must remember all the ancestors and the entities they built to make Vietnam,” he said. -he declares. “We have to respect everyone equally and how they gave to their country.”

While the event included oral histories and cultural displays from elders, young Vietnamese customers also attended the event. Vina Cathcart, a first-generation Vietnamese-American in her late 20s, attended the event in a teal “ao dai,” a traditional Vietnamese layered dress with pants underneath.

Cathcart now focuses on building an “intergenerational legacy,” a particular, hybrid space where her American and Vietnamese cultures are recognized, respected, and coexist. She described the experience of the first generation as an “internal tussle”.

With American culture based on free thought and individualism, Cathcart feels a tension between her American identity and her traditional roles as Vietnamese mother, wife and daughter. As a member of Spokane United We Stand, Cathcart finds other first-generation people of color struggling in this space.

“You have your cultural, heritage side, where your parents are immigrants… but they still have their traditional roots. Then you grew up in a western world, so how do you rectify that? said Catcart. “How do you reconcile cultural heritage with traditional values ​​in a Western world where often this can clash? »

Along with intergenerational heritage, Cathcart hopes her 10-month-old son, Atlas, who is half-white and half-Vietnamese, will understand his biracial identity and cultures. In addition to teaching him Vietnamese and English, events like Vietnamese Heritage Day facilitate Atlas’ Cathcart’s goal of experiencing nuanced cultural events.

“We want to raise him so he’s not ashamed of who he is,” said Cathcart, who married his white partner, Michael, two years ago. “We are raising him to be tolerant of other races by taking him to events like these, but also by attending Black History Month and black trade shows. We just raise him to be aware of the surrounding cultures.

Dance, drum and song performances in honor of Vietnam were broadcast throughout the event, along with explanatory slide shows to help understand Vietnam’s ancient history. Commemorative performances such as a pre-recorded drum dance from the Coeur D’Alene Tribe and the Filipino Bamboo Dance were also featured during the ceremony. VASA also aired patriotic Vietnamese songs, including a live performance of “Afternoon Up in Thuong Village” by Tam Doan & Huong Thuy.

Keynote speakers included Bac Si Mat Xanh, a Navy veteran who served in the Vietnam War, and Spokane Mayor Nadine Woodward, who presented the City of Spokane’s Vietnamese Heritage Day Proclamation, which was formalized on April 2, 2020.

Sunday’s celebration was the first in-person ceremony since 2019. As a teacher and principal in Vietnam, Chau also gave a speech on the country’s history.

“Vietnamese ancestors came from 100 non-Chinese native tribes, called Bach Viet or Bai Yue, who lived south of the Yangtze River in what is now central China,” Chau said. “Chased by the Han Chinese, our ancestors ran south to the Pacific Ocean, to establish Vietnam, a combination of two words, ‘viet’ meaning to pass or cross, and ‘nam’ meaning ‘south’.”

Nguyen hopes Vietnamese Heritage Day will inspire younger generations to celebrate their culture.

“We would like to be more diverse with the elderly and the young, maybe a Vietnamese business association to help the community, but we don’t have the structures like the Hmong, Chinese and Filipino associations,” she said. . “We are trying to transform the VASA to be a bit more dynamic for the younger kids.”

Blake Snell scratched from the start


San Diego Padres starter Blake Snell was a last-minute scratch from his scheduled first start of the season today. The problem is left adductor tightness, the same injury that troubled Snell late last season, according to MLB.com’s AJ Cassavell (by Twitter).

Nabil Crismatt picked up the ball to start the ball game in place of Snell. The 27-year-old swingman should be fresh as he is yet to feature in a game so far this season. Today marks the first start of his Major League career, although he was primarily a starter coming through the Mets’ minor league system. Crismatt boasts a 3.71 ERA in 51 career appearances out of the bullpen.

Crismatt would be a candidate to stay in the rotation for a round or two if Snell ends up needing a stint on the disabled list. Reiss Knehr would be a possible call if the Padres decide to go that route. they just distributed chris paddack, but of course, they wouldn’t have done that expecting to only need five starters to get through the season. They no doubt have a hierarchy in place for this kind of eventuality.

Snell’s first season in San Diego didn’t exactly go to plan for either side, and it marks an inauspicious start to the second year. The 2018 AL Cy Young winner had a 4.20 ERA / 3.82 FIP in 128 2/3 innings over 27 starts.

Experts: Asian population overcount masks community nuances



Jennifer Chau, director of the Arizona Asian American Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander For Equity Coalition, at her office Friday, April 8, 2022, in Tempe, Ariz. (AP Photo/Ross D. Franklin)


Jennifer Chau was stunned last month when the US Census Bureau’s bulletin on how accurately it counted the US population in 2020 showed Asians were overcounted by the highest rate of any race or ethnic group.

The director of an advocacy group for Asian Americans believed thousands would be missed – outreach activities had been scuffed by the coronavirus pandemic, and she and her staff feared widespread language barriers and mistrust to share information with the government may hinder participation. They also believed recent attacks on Asian Americans could stoke fears among the Asian population, the fastest growing race or ethnic group in the United States.

“Honestly, I’m shocked,” said Chau, director of the Arizona Asian American Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander For Equity Coalition.

But Chau and other advocates and scholars also believe that the 2.6% Asian population overcount in the decade-long US tally may not be all it seems on the surface. They say that likely masks a wide variation in the number of people counted among different Asian communities in the United States. They also think it could signal that biracial and multiracial residents have identified as Asian in greater numbers than in the past.

The details are difficult to determine because all Asian communities are grouped under the same racial category in the census. This masks the wide variety of income, education and health among subgroups and tends to blur the unique characteristics of certain communities, some advocates said. It may also perpetuate the “model minority” myth that Asians are wealthy and well-educated.

“Asian Americans have the greatest income inequality of any other racial group in the United States, and the overall overcount probably masks the experiences of Asian ethnic groups who were more likely to be undercounted,” said Aggie Yellow Horse, Assistant Professor of American Asia-Pacific Studies. at Arizona State University.

Nearly four dozen members of the U.S. House this month asked the Census Bureau to break down the accuracy of the count of Asian residents by subgroups. Asians in the United States trace their roots to more than 20 countries, with China and India being the most represented. But the bureau has no plans to do so, at least not in the immediate future.

“To really see how the Asian American community fared, you need lower-level geography to understand if there was an undercount or if some communities fared better than others. said Terry Ao Minnis, Senior Director of Census and Voting Programs at Asian Americans Advancing Justice. .

Asians were overestimated by a higher rate than any other group. White residents who are not Hispanic were overcounted by 0.6%. The black population was undercounted by 3.3%, those who identified with another race had an undercount of 4.3%, nearly 5% of the Hispanic population was missed, and more than 5.6 % of Native Americans living on reservations have been underestimated.

Civil rights leaders blamed the undercount on barriers created by the pandemic and political interference by then-President Donald Trump’s administration, which tried unsuccessfully to add a citizenship question. to the census form and shorten field operations.

The census is not only used to determine how many congressional seats each state gets and to redraw political districts; it helps determine how $1.5 trillion a year in federal funding is allocated. The overcounts, which are revealed by a survey conducted by the bureau outside of the census, occur when people are counted twice, such as students counted on campus and at their parents’ homes.

In the 2020 census, 19.9 million people identified as “Asian only”, a 35% increase from 2010. An additional 4.1 million people identified as Asian in combination with a another racial group, a 55% jump from 2010. Asians now make up more than 7% of the US population.

Part of the growth of Asians in the 2020 census may be rooted in the fluidity of how some people, especially those who are biracial or multiracial, declare their identity on the census form, said Paul Ong, professor emeritus of urban planning and Asian American. Studied at UCLA.

“People change identities from survey to survey, and it’s much more prevalent among those who are multiracial or biracial,” Ong said.

Lan Hoang, a Vietnamese American who works in the same coalition as Chau, listed her three young children as Asian, as well as white and Hispanic to represent her husband’s background. She took advantage of the census to talk to them about the importance of identity, even reading them a children’s book on counting.

“It shows how important it is for you to let others know you’re here, this is who you represent,” Hoang said. “When I filled in (the form), they were totally surprised. … ‘Yeah, you’re three different things in one. You are special.'”

Conversations about declaring one’s Asian origin are particularly significant given the anti-Asian hatred sparked by the pandemic, Hoang added. Eight people, including six Asian women, were shot and killed at Georgian massage businesses last year, and thousands more attacks on Asians have occurred in the United States since 2020.

Such factors may have led some multiracial people who would normally have indicated on the census form that they were white, black or of another race to choose Asians instead, Ong said.

“When this happens, multiracial people go in two directions: they either reject their minority identity or embrace it,” Ong said. “With rising anti-Asian hostility, this has forced some multiracial Asians to choose a single identity.”

Another factor that may have contributed to the overcount of Asians is the fact that Asian young adults were more likely to be in college than other racial or ethnic groups: 58% versus 42% or less for young adults in other races or ethnicities. This may have caused them to be counted twice, on campuses and at their parents’ homes, where they went after colleges and universities closed due to the pandemic.

UCLA junior Lauren Chen spent most of her junior year at her home in Mesa, Arizona in 2020. Her father included Chen on the household census form, even though census bureau rules stipulated that she should have been counted in school. Chen has no idea if she was counted twice.

“UCLA was pretty overwhelmed trying to figure out how to get people’s property back. … It was a very messy time and I don’t think I’ve known anyone who received mail or anything like that,” Chen said. “(The census) is definitely something I paid attention to, especially with the way my dad focused on it.”


Follow Mike Schneider on Twitter at https://twitter.com/MikeSchneiderAP. Tang reported from Phoenix and is a member of the Associated Press’ Race and Ethnicity team. Follow her on Twitter at https://twitter.com/ttangAP.

Methodology: Where does the Legacy of Pain data come from?



The Sun Journal analyzed data from the United States Drug Enforcement Administration’s Consolidated Order and Reporting Automation System, or ARCOS, from 2006 to 2014, as well as data from Maine’s Prescription Monitoring Program, or PMP, from 2016 to 2021; for this report.

The Sun Journal was able to obtain and analyze the ARCOS data because The Washington Post has made the raw data available to the public after prevailing in a lawsuit asking for the data in 2019.

The PMP data was obtained through a Freedom of Access Act request and a signed data sharing agreement with the database administrators, the Maine Department of Health and Human Services. Because the PMP contains patient information, the Sun Journal could only access records identifying the pharmacy at which a prescription was filled, but no information identifying the patient or prescriber.

Because the court order only disclosed certain years of ARCOS data and Maine law governing the PMP requires DHHS to destroy data older than six years, the Sun Journal was unable to access the 2015 data.

The ARCOS and PMP databases do not correspond exactly line by line: ARCOS data describes shipments of sales to buyers (pharmacies and practitioners, among others), while PMP data describes singular transactions in which a prescription is filled and dispensed to a patient in a pharmacy. Detailed raw data describes a single buyer transaction.

To account for these differences, the Sun Journal analysis includes only transactions of tablets or capsules (pills) of oxycodone and hydrocodone at retail pharmacies or drugstore chains in Maine. Hospital pharmacies, out-of-state mail order pharmacies, and practitioners, for example, were not included.

The analysis looked at the number of pain medications flowing in and out of Maine pharmacies per year and calculated a rate of medications per person by county and by individual pharmacy. In 2011, for example, a total of 6,358,650 oxycodone and hydrocodone tablets were dispensed through pharmacies in Androscoggin County, which equals 59 tablets per county resident after adjusting for population.

From 2006 to 2014, the United States DEA recorded 61,232,334 pain pills that went into Androscoggin County, enough for an average of 47 pills per person each year.

In addition to adjusting for population, the pills per person rate for individual pharmacies is adjusted for the number of pharmacies in each county per year to account for rural areas of the state and/or areas where there may not be many pharmacies.


The Sun Journal analyzed the annual number of confirmed drug-related deaths, from 1997 to September 2021, using data from drug-related death reports from the Margaret’s Rural Drug and Alcohol Research Program Chase Smith Policy Center at the University of Maine and the Maine Attorney General’s Office, as well as data provided by Dr. Marcella Sorg of UMaine in response to a Sun Journal FOAA request.

For county-level data, Sun Journal analysis took a rolling three-year average of deaths and adjusted for population to account for year-to-year fluctuations in deaths and changes of population.


The Sun Journal analyzed data from the Maine Center for Disease Control & Prevention on suspected fatal and non-fatal overdoses in emergency departments, from 2017 to 2021. The data is publicly available on the Maine CDC website.


Population counts used a five-year moving average of annual population estimates from the US Census Bureau’s American Community Survey, or the decennial census, and intercensal population estimates when ACS data are not available. were not available.

Use the form below to reset your password. After you submit your account email, we’ll send you an email with a reset code.

” Previous

Following ”

FMBN has a new interim CEO


Mr. Kabir Yagboyaju has officially assumed his position as Acting Managing Director of the Federal Mortgage Bank of Nigeria (FMBN).

Its emergence follows the resignation of the outgoing Managing Director of the bank, Mr. Ahmed Dangiwa, after the expiry of the 5-year term of the management team on Friday, April 8, 2022.

This disclosure is contained in a statement issued by the Head of Corporate Communications, FMBN, Mr. Lawal Sauri, on Saturday in Abuja.

Sauri said the official handover ceremony was held at the bank’s head office in Abuja and also had the presence of FMBN’s Chairman of the Board, Mr. Ayodeji Gbeleyi.

Profile of the new interim CEO

  • Prior to his appointment as Acting Managing Director of FMBN, Mr. Yagboyaju was the most senior Managing Director and Group Head, Risk Management.
  • He is an economist, financial analyst and customer service expert with nearly 30 years of professional banking experience involving commercial, merchant and mortgage banking institutions.
  • He worked with the FMBN for nearly 16 years and gained extensive experience in managing the National Housing Fund (NHF) scheme.
  • FMBN branch operations, treasury services and capital market operations, human resources management, loans and mortgages and risk management.
  • Yagboyaju holds a B.Sc. degree in Economics and a Masters in Business Administration from Lagos State University, Ojo and University of Lagos, Akoka, respectively.
  • Yagboyaju had acquired various professional qualifications including Chartered Institute of Bankers of Nigeria (CIBN), Nigerian Institute of Management (NIM – Chartered), Chartered International Financial Analyst (Canada) and Fellow Institute of Credit Administration among other qualifications .
  • He had attended various training programs inside and outside the country.

The new interim CEO reveals his priorities

Yagboyaju, during the handover ceremony, outlined his immediate priorities to include: Oversight of all ongoing housing development projects to ensure that the bank’s investments have been properly recouped.

He said, “Ensure that the bank’s financial ratios with the supervisory authorities are positively improved. Rapid delivery of the bank’s computerization project. Repositioning and Recapitalization of the Bank.

“Timeframe for service delivery, focus on the bank’s five-year strategic plan (2020 – 2024) developed in collaboration with MM. KPMG to achieve the objectives set.

“This includes delivering 100,000 homes, growing NHF’s annual collections from 50 billion naira to over 300 billion naira, expanding NHF’s customer base from five million to 25 million.

“We need to be profitable by delivering value to our loyal customers (NHF contributors) who have stood with us through thick and thin.”

What you should know

  • Recall that in April 2017, Dangiwa, was appointed by President Muhammadu Buhari, as Managing Director of FMBN, to succeed Richard Esin, who held an interim position following the departure of Alhaji Gimba Ya’u Kumo, in as general manager. /CEO of Federal Mortgage Bank.
  • Until his appointment, Ahmed Dangiwa, who holds a master’s degree in architecture from the Ahmadu Bello University of Zaria, was the main partner of AM design consults, with extensive experience in architecture and marketing management.
  • Dangiwa a few days ago in a public meeting with bank staff unveiled some of the achievements recorded over the past 5 years under the outgoing Executive Management Committee which he headed.
  • President Muhammadu Buhari has approved the appointment of Mr. Ayodeji Ariyo Gbeleyi as the new Chairman of the Board of Federal Mortgage of Bank of Nigeria (FMBN).

Amid Population Decline, Transplants Find Refuge in Mountain State | Life & Arts


This map shows natural change by county in 2021 based on census data


  • The Census Bureau recently released data comparing deaths and births in every US county last year.
  • Rhode Island was one of four states where every county experienced a natural decline.
  • The map above shows which counties experienced a natural increase or natural decrease from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021.

About three-quarters of the 3,143 counties in the United States recorded more deaths than births in 2021.

This is based on data on natural population change, comparing the number of births and deaths, from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021 for counties recently published by the Census Bureau.

“In 2021, fewer births, an aging population, and increased mortality — intensified by the COVID-19 pandemic — contributed to an increase in natural decline,” or an excess of deaths over births, the Census wrote. Office in a Press release.

Only about a quarter of U.S. counties saw a natural increase, or more births than deaths, during that time. The above map of the 3,143 US counties shows what natural change looked like per 1,000 people across the country. A county in red means it has had a natural decrease, while blue means it has had a natural increase over that period.

A point to remember is that none of the counties in New Hampshire, Maine, Delaware and Rhode Island experienced natural increases. According to the Census Bureau press release and as shown in the map above, the counties that make up these four states have all had more deaths than births.

Maine, for example, had a natural decrease of 6,344, as there were 11,291 births from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021 and 17,635 deaths during that same period.

The following table shows the counties with populations of at least 10,000 in 2020 that had the highest natural increase per 1,000 population:

Similarly, the following table shows the counties with at least 10,000 residents as of July 1, 2020 that had the largest natural decline per 1,000 residents:

London area unemployment rate drops to pandemic low


The unemployment rate in the London area has fallen to its lowest level since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020.

Statistics Canada released new figures on Friday showing the unemployment rate in the London census metropolitan area was 5.3% last month, down from 5.8% in February. This is the second month in a row that the rate has fallen locally. The last time the figure was this low was in February 2020, when the unemployment rate was 4.9%.

The drop is attributed to about 800 new jobs that were created in March. In January as in February, the London region recorded only job losses. The job gains signal a rebound from economic losses from the Omicron-fueled provincial shutdown in January, which forced businesses to reduce capacity, go online or shut down.

The labor force fell by 600 people in March and the number of people actively seeking work fell by 1,400.

The participation rate, which reflects the percentage of people of working age employed or looking for work, fell to 65.3% from 65.6% in February.

There are currently 292,700 people employed in the region, up from 291,900 in February.

Nationally, the unemployment rate fell to a record low of 5.3% in March, from 5.5% the previous month. The economy added 72,500 jobs. Statistics Canada noted that the rate would have been higher than 7% if people who wanted a job, but weren’t looking for one, had been included in the figures.

Ontario added 35,000 jobs last month. This helped bring the unemployment rate down to 5.3%. In February, Ontario’s unemployment rate was 5.5%.

Construction of 100,000 National Housing Movement units to start in new cities


TEHRAN- The Deputy Minister of Transport and Urban Development announced that the construction operation of 100,000 units of the National Housing Movement will be launched in new towns by the end of the current Iranian calendar month (April 20) .

Alireza Jafari, who is also the managing director of the New Towns Development Company, made the remarks during a virtual meeting with the relevant directors, on the latest state of the conduct of the national housing movement in the new towns.

“He said that there are plans to build 608,000 units of the National Housing Movement in the new cities, which, in addition to the 100,000 units of the National Action for Housing, our commitment in this due is the construction of around 700,000 units,” he added.

In late March, Transport and Urban Development Minister Rostam Qasemi said more than 800,000 National Housing Movement units were already under construction across the country.

Referring to important steps taken under the National Housing Movement, Qasemi said, “Important issues such as banking, land extensions, land use change and the establishment of a land bank have been resolved with the support of the National Land and Housing Organization”.

He said that according to information from the land bank, there are 40,000 cases in the area of ​​land, some of which the value is significant, noting that issues such as the law prohibiting the sale of land, which prevented the access to new resources for years, have been resolved.

In mid-March, the Deputy Minister of Transport and Urban Planning announced that 5.2 million candidates have already registered for the government’s two major housing plans (National Action for Housing and National Movement for Housing).

Mahmoud Mahmoudzadeh said that according to the Supreme Housing Council, the two plans of the National Housing Movement and the National Housing Action have been merged so that those who had already registered (in the Housing Action) can benefit benefits of this plan (Housing Movement).

After following the candidates in these two housing projects, the names will be sent to the departments of the provinces and relevant organizations to approve the condition, and those who are eligible to go through further stages, the official explained.

As previously reported, the construction operation of 209,212 National Housing Movement residential units began in early February.

The launching ceremony of the mentioned operation and the launching of some development projects in the housing sector was attended by the Minister of Transport and Urban Development, Rostam Qasemi.

After the National Housing Action Plan (launched in 2018), the National Housing Movement is the second major government program aimed at providing affordable housing to the lower income classes.


Organization helps seniors avoid phone scams


NEW YORK (PIX11) — Fraudulent phone calls are sadly all too familiar. It is a growing problem that often targets the elderly population; On Thursday, organizers met with seniors from Lynbrook Restorative Therapy and Nursing to introduce a new program aimed at preventing them from becoming victims of fraud.

For Kathleen Lavin, receiving fraudulent calls has become frequent. She said sometimes it’s obvious. Other times, it’s not always so clear.

“A few weeks ago I got a call from the New York State Police saying they were having a drive to get guns off the street,” she told PIX11News.

After agreeing to pay $30 a month, Lavin began giving the caller his personal information. The caller asked for his social security number, which raised a red flag. Luckily, Lavin avoided getting scammed.

But this is not always the case for the elderly population. Financial abuse of older adults in the United States has increased by approximately 10% over the past two years, from 7.86 million to 8.68 million cases per year.

Lisa Penziner is Director of Special Projects at Lynbrook Restorative. She said after seeing seniors being scammed, she decided to do something about it.

Penziner is on a mission to provide them with tips and advice on how to stay safe.

These tips include:

  • Know that you are threatened by strangers
  • Don’t isolate yourself — stay involved and ask questions
  • If something’s wrong, it probably isn’t.
  • Tell the lawyers, “I never buy anything or give anyone who comes unannounced. Send me something in writing.
  • Subscribe to the do not call list. and learn how to report suspicious emails and text messages
  • Never give out your credit card, banking, social security or other information over the phone unless you are sure the call is legitimate
  • Beware of things that seem too good to be true
  • Stay in touch with your loved ones
  • Use direct deposit for benefit checks to prevent checks from being stolen from the mailbox
  • Don’t open the door to strangers

Penziner also said the key to avoiding senior citizen fraud is getting rid of personal documents. She therefore organized a drive-by to encourage seniors to do so. To find out where the mobile shredders are heading next, visit Lynbrook Restorative.

Munster Rugby | Munster Rugby 2022/23 season ticket waiting list


The Munster Rugby ticket office advises supporters to join a waiting list ahead of the 2022/23 season ticket renewal period.

By adding your name to our waiting list, you will be the first to receive communication if season tickets and MRSC memberships become available. To join this list, simply fill out the form at the bottom of the page.

Benefits of a Season Pass and MRSC Membership

Having a Munster Rugby season ticket and MRSC membership entitles you to the following:

  • Highest discount level.
  • Children are free!*
  • Forward tickets you can’t use to a friend.
  • Access to the best location in Thomond Park and Musgrave Park.
  • Access to all European pool matches at home.
  • Right to purchase the same seat/terrace for Champions Cup knockout matches (if we reach that stage of the competition).
  • Access to all United Rugby Championship home matches at Thomond Park and/or Musgrave Park.
  • Right to purchase tickets for away matches**.
  • Entitlement to a discount on additional tickets and reduced booking fees.

* All MRSC full members can bring up to two juniors to all United Rugby Championship matches FREE (except Leinster, subject to availability).

** Subject to availability/lottery system.

How do I keep my current subscription?

All Munster Rugby Supporters Club members and Munster Rugby Clubs have the option to renew their subscription ahead of the 2022/23 season. See full renewal period details here.

Any ticket NOT renewed within the time limit will be made available to those on the waiting list.

Sign up for the waiting list below

Census: Greene is the biggest landing spot during the pandemic | Greene County


CATSKILL — Greene County’s population grew in the first 15 months of the pandemic, trailing only growing Sullivan County statewide from April 2020 through July 2021.

According to a new analysis of 2021 U.S. Census data from the Cornell Jeb E. Brooks School of Public Policy, 46 of New York’s 62 counties have seen population losses since the last census.

From April 2020 to July 2021, the state lost nearly 400,000 people to net migration, with more people leaving the state than entering it.

While New York City lost nearly 350,000 people during this period, Greene County benefited, gaining 568 residents during this period, a 1.2% increase in population.

The county trails only Sullivan County in population increase during this period, as Sullivan gained 1,182 new residents, an increase of 1.5%. From April 2020 to July 2021, Columbia County gained 208 residents, an increase of 0.3%.

Leslie Reynolds, research support specialist for the Cornell Program in Applied Demography, said Cornell’s analysis indicates that upstate communities have seen an influx of new residents from the New York metropolitan area to the during the first year of the pandemic.

“That’s our conclusion so far,” Reynolds said Wednesday. “The maps show the flow of internal migration to many counties just outside the city, such as the capital region. It somehow flows outside the city. They lost a lot of population in the city due to internal migration. Greene recorded the highest gains due to internal migration. So that seems like the right place up there in the Catskills area and a bit in the Adirondacks. We are witnessing a diffusion from large concentrated urban areas to places that are still populated, but less than the big city.

Greene County saw a 1.84% increase in in-migration, with more people moving into the county than moving out.

With hundreds of thousands of residents leaving New York in the past two years and endless relocation options available, Greene County Administrator Shaun Groden cited the local real estate market as a key factor in making Greene an attractive destination for people looking to relocate.

“I would say real estate is probably the most important thing,” Groden said. “Also proximity to Thruway and you have Albany close by. You have the entire Albany metro area nearby, including Saratoga and Lake George. And for us, you have the Catskills. We are in the middle of the Catskill reservation so there is a quality of life issue that people can see wherever they come from. More just our local economy. We have good main streets, good businesses, so we’re attractive, apparently.

While the state lost nearly 400,000 residents to net migration between April 2020 and July 2021, the Capital Region was the only one in 10 in the state to gain population.

“This one is particularly a historic census, especially with New York State,” Reynolds said. “It actually increased in number for a short period of time, especially with the very high international migration (in New York). It was greater than all the other counties and areas in New York. It’s actually reduced to the level of the other counties, which is definitely a COVID issue. We can see these numbers bouncing back. We have colleagues from the New York City Planning Department and they’ve already seen these numbers start to reverse, like migration People are starting to come back to the city, so it’s very possible in those estimates next year that it’s going to be completely different.”

While Groden said the population increase in Greene County is a positive development, an increased flow of residents could exacerbate the lack of affordable housing the county faces.

“The housing crunch is already here, it happened last year,” Groden said Wednesday. “I always wonder if we have seen the ebb but will we finally see the ebb? Will people return to pre-COVID-19 geography, lifestyles, or working life? Or has COVID fundamentally changed things? I hear a lot of people say that Aunt Sally will never go back to the office because she can now always work from home. How will this change? If that changes, does that mean we will then have a net loss at some point because people are going back to where they were before? I think there has been a fundamental change.

Greene County experienced a natural decrease of 272 residents from April 2020 through July 2021, with an estimated 637 deaths and 365 births during that time.

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

Nanaimo Population Begins To Get Younger, Says State Of Economy Report – Nanaimo News Bulletin


Nanaimo’s growth will present both challenges and opportunities, says the City of Nanaimo’s Economic Development Officer.

Amrit Manhas gave a presentation on the “state of Nanaimo’s economy” at a Monday April 4 city council meeting and noted, for example, that housing starts are up and population growth aged 25 to 44 is expected to exceed that of the population over 65 over the next decade.

The report reviewed around 30 indicators such as gross domestic product, demographics, business, development, housing, real estate, local workforce, income and tourism to paint a picture of Nanaimo’s economy and the directions it may take in the years to come.

Nanaimo’s population growth rate over the reporting period ranked among the highest in Canada.

“According to the 2021 census, Nanaimo was among the five fastest growing urban centers in Canada…our growth rate was twice the growth rate of the country,” Manhas said.

From 2016 to 2021, Nanaimo’s population grew by 10.3%, or about 9,400 people, and is expected to add just under 12,000 more people, or about 12% more, by 2026.

Manhas said that from 2016 to 2021, the number of housing units in the city has also increased by around 10.4%.

“So what does all of this mean in terms of implications? Well, growth can provide both opportunities and challenges,” she said. “New entrants increase demand for retail and personal services, which helps our existing businesses, but growth can also strain existing infrastructure…and, of course, as you all know, we anticipate this growth. now with the ReImagine Nanaimo process. ”

Most of the population growth in Nanaimo, 3,617 people in 2021, was due to immigration from other provinces. Manhas said that over the next decade, the 25-44 age category of the population is expected to increase by 25%. Changing demographics will lead to structural changes in the economy, as a younger population demands different services and amenities, such as nightlife entertainment and schools, and a growing population will also mean prioritizing investments in infrastructure and housing.

In 2021, Nanaimo had 6,214 licensed businesses, with the largest portion, 1,219, being in the construction sector, followed by professional, scientific and technical services, 786, and the retail sector with 777 licensed businesses. Home-based businesses also made up 41% of businesses in Nanaimo in 2021, an increase of 4% since the start of the pandemic.

“The strongest growth, in terms of business licensing, was in the health care and social services sector as well as in retail,” Manhas said. “The biggest declines [included] hairdressing places, personal training, these types of services, arts and entertainment… but these fluctuations, they really reflect the impact of the COVID restrictions on some of the hardest hit sectors of the economy and we expect that this readjusts again as the economy begins to improve.

The value of building permits for 2021 was the second highest on record at $272 million, a 12% increase from the previous year, driven by non-residential, industrial and public projects. Seventy-five percent of new housing starts were for apartment-type housing. New housing starts, triggered by house prices rising by a record 22% in 2021, jumped 50% to 1,036.

Nanaimo’s unemployment rate fell from 9.1% in 2020 to 6.1% in 2021, but the local workforce also shrank by 1.6% and demand for workers exceeded supply.

Overall student enrollment at VIU decreased by 12.5% ​​in 2020 and international student enrollment fell by 55%, due to COVID-19 travel restrictions.

To learn more about the report and economic development in Nanaimo, visit www.nanaimo.ca/doing-business/economic-development.

[email protected]
Like us on Facebook and follow us on Twitter

CensusConstructionEconomic growthEconomyEducationHousingLabour marketMunicipal governmentServices

New York landlords can’t evict while tenants wait for help; some try other ways to clear ownership


The water to the Garcias’ home in Binghamton, New York, was turned off in early February. Despite several court orders, their owner has still not turned it back on.

Angel Garcia and his wife, Deidre, now have to walk their seven children, all under the age of 10, down the street to their aunt’s house to wash up.

“They shouldn’t have to walk down the street to bathe,” Garcia said. “They should be able to do it in their own comfort, in their home.”

The family will still cook at home, but they will need to use bottled water.

Their landlord, Douglas Ritter, said the family intentionally flooded the downstairs neighbor’s apartment, making it uninhabitable. The Garcias denied this and sued Ritter for damages and rent.

The Broome County Supreme Court twice ordered Ritter to restore water service, after the City of Binghamton Code Enforcement Office repeatedly did the same and condemned the property. He did not comply.

The water cut came months after Ritter tried to get a court order to evict the family for nonpayment of rent last September. The Garcias had been a few months behind on rent over the summer, and after paying it back, they failed again when both parents had their work hours reduced due to COVID surges at the school. fall.

But since the family applied for New York’s Emergency Rental Assistance Program (ERAP), their eviction case has been put on hold indefinitely.

New York’s eviction protections are among the most restrictive

Like renters across the country, tens of thousands of tenants in New York are still waiting to get a share of the federal rent relief distributed to states and municipalities last year. While New York’s eviction moratorium expired Jan. 15, tenant protections remain among the most restrictive in the nation. Anyone who both faces eviction for nonpayment and has a pending application for the state housing assistance program is protected by law from court-ordered eviction.

A similar measure in California protects tenants who are still waiting to be approved for housing assistance from eviction. Lawmakers voted to extend that through the end of June, though the state is no longer accepting new requests for help.

Shorter-term protection exists in Connecticut, where tenants applying for housing assistance can ask the court for a 30-day break on their eviction cases. In Seattle, tenants with school-age children cannot be evicted for nonpayment until the end of the school year.

Such protections continued to frustrate some owners, including Ritter. He said his “right” to a court-ordered eviction was denied while pandemic-related restrictions remained in place.

“I would like the state to return my federal civil rights law and state constitutional due process rights to me,” Ritter said, “through immediate trials and evictions.”

Eviction cases have resumed in New York, but the Garcias are among thousands of tenants still waiting to hear if they will get state housing assistance.

New York has exhausted the roughly $2 billion in federal rent relief it received last year. While the state temporarily stopped accepting applications, a court order last January forced the state to reopen the program.

Tenants can still apply for assistance, but the agency managing the funds told tenants this month that the fund has run out and any applications entered after October 7, 2021 are unlikely to be met anytime soon. That includes the Garcias, who applied in January.

Their landlord, Ritter, said he didn’t turn off the family’s water service because their eviction was halted or because they applied for housing assistance. Still, he has no plans to open the water until the Garcias are gone.

Ritter said he would also not check their housing assistance application for reimbursement of their rent. A landlord’s approval is a requirement for receiving assistance.

Bill Niebel, an eviction defense attorney with Central New York Legal Services, is representing the Garcias in the water utility case, as well as several tenants at other Ritter-owned properties.

Niebel said while some landlords have been patient with the slow rental assistance process, Ritter and others have not.

“Some just say, ‘No, I don’t want to participate. I want that person out,'” Niebel said. “Mr. Ritter, again, is being somewhat extreme in that it appears he is not involved in any PIU applications.”

/ Jillian Forstadt/WSKG


Jillian Forstadt/WSKG

Angel Garcia and his wife, Deidre, have seven children, all under the age of 10. They now have to walk down the street to a relative’s house to bathe.

Tenants in New York can take legal action, but results vary

While Binghamton’s code enforcement office could use its emergency power to restore water, city officials said that in this case, the repairs needed to do so are too extensive to repair. Ritter cut off some of the pipes in the apartment building where the Garcias live and padlocked the door to the plumbing to prevent them from being repaired.

“He effectively kicked them out by turning off the water so they have to leave imminently,” Niebel said.

In New York, coercing or coercing a tenant out of their unit by disrupting essential services is defined as unlawful eviction, a misdemeanor.

Police arrested and charged Ritter with unlawful eviction for doing so in late February. If found guilty, he could be sentenced to up to a year in prison.

But of the 24 landlords arrested on the charge between January 2020 and June 2021, none were jailed, according to court data released last year. Only three were convicted and fined.

Marie Claire Tran-Leung of the National Housing Law Project in Washington, DC, said legal action against landlords often takes a long time. This is part of the reason why many families choose to leave their homes without reporting the illegal eviction.

Additionally, Tran-Leung said, some households would not trust law enforcement to help them.

“Especially families of color, if you have disabled people, marginalized families, undocumented people, they’re not trying to bolster law enforcement,” Tran-Leung explained.

For this reason, data on extrajudicial evictions – which legal aid lawyers often refer to as informal or “self-help” evictions – are limited, but the practice is a major concern among legal aid lawyers. nationwide legal. Of attorneys surveyed by the National Housing Law Project in July 2020, when the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s federal eviction moratorium was in effect, 91% reported cases of illegal eviction in their area.

A follow-up survey saw 35% of legal aid attorneys report an increase in illegal evictions or lockouts since the moratorium was lifted in August 2021, in addition to an increase in court-sanctioned evictions.

Researchers have also begun to examine the effect of the moratorium on self-help evictions at the local level. In a survey of tenants conducted with the state tenants union, researchers from the University of Washington found that the number of low-income tenants experiencing informal evictions of any kind rose from 13.7% before the pandemic to 19.4% during it.

Landlords, according to tenants interviewed, told tenants to leave via text, changed locks and shut down utilities, as in the Garcias’ experience. The researchers, however, did not assess how often these tactics occurred after landlords attempted to evict the tenant in court.

Back in Binghamton, the Garcias search for a place to relocate, but affordable options in the area are scarce.

“It’s all for students, or it’s all $1,500 and up with no utilities included,” Garcia said. “I can’t afford this.”

If they are forced to move, the family may separate and stay with relatives. Garcia said he wanted to avoid that if he could.

Copyright 2022 WSKG Radio. To learn more, visit WSKG Radio.

Mumbai fully vaccinates 100% of adult population against Covid-19, first major city to achieve feat


The Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation has announced that all eligible beneficiaries over 18 in Mumbai have been fully vaccinated with two doses of Covid-19 vaccine. Mumbai thus became the first major city in the country to fully vaccinate 100% of its citizens. It also has the highest vaccination coverage among the 36 districts of Maharashtra.

On Tuesday, Mumbai vaccinated its entire adult population of 92.39 lakh with two doses of the Covid-19 vaccine, officials confirmed.

“So far, 1,02,96,917 first doses have been administered in the 18+ segment, reaching 111% vaccination of this age group. In the population over 12, the city has achieved 93% vaccination,” an official said. “So far, 94,92,511 people have received the second dose of the vaccine out of the 1,02,44,843 people initially targeted,” the official added.

“It’s really a proud moment for us. Initially we had lukewarm responses (to vaccination) but gradually it increased. Now we have over 350 vaccination centers where we have also called on retired nurses for vaccination,” said BMC Additional Commissioner Suresh Kakani.

Mumbai crossed 50% vaccination coverage last October. The city has so far administered 2.05 crore doses of Covid-19 vaccine since the start of the mass vaccination program in January 2021. Of which 4.15 lakh are third doses (precautionary doses).

(with PTI inputs)

US NORTHCOM again requests funding for the territory’s cruise missile defense on its wishlist


WASHINGTON — The US Northern Command is again requesting additional funds to develop a domestic cruise missile defense capability in its wish list sent to Capitol Hill.

The wish list – or list of unfunded needs – is sent to Congress annually by combatant commands and service chiefs and includes items that were not included in the budget request, but would be desirable if additional funding became available.

General Glen VanHerck, the commander of US NORTHCOM, is seeking $50.87 million for a demonstration of the cruise missile defense homeland kill chain, according to the list obtained by Defense News.

“The requested funds will enable a demonstration of capability that integrates an elevated sensor into an integrated tactical fire control architecture with fire control for a Navy long-range surface-to-air interceptor,” the document states.

“Funding will support the purchase and integration of sensors into the existing fire control network/architecture, up to three week-long exercises for data collection and evaluation, integration of a Navy long-range surface-to-air interceptor and a live-fire test/demonstration “it’s going on.

VanHerck notes that the national defense strategy includes the development and fielding of capabilities necessary to deter and defeat specific threats to the homeland, “including the growing threat from Russia’s long-range cruise missiles.”

To detect and defend against these types of threats, an elevated sensor array must “provide high-fidelity tracking and identification of low-altitude, low-section radar targets approaching critical points.” [continental United States] infrastructure,” the document reads.

NORTHCOM is partnering with the Missile Defense Agency to develop affordable technology that could quickly move from testing to procurement to integration and commissioning, according to the document.

The Missile Defense Agency plans to spend $11 million to work on the architecture of the Homeland’s cruise missile defense system, according to its fiscal year 2023 budget request. This includes the fire control demonstration at using the Joint Tactical Integrated Fire Control System.

“The trading space is always within the department on how quickly we are going to act against defended assets and critical assets, so there is a lot of homework to do,” said Vice Admiral Jon Hill, director of the MDA, said, of domestic cruise missile defense, when the FY23 budget was released last month. “Our job is to define the technical architecture options and work within the department to see what we can do.”

MDA requested $14 million in FY22 to work on domestic cruise missile defense. In its FY22 wishlist, it sought an additional $27 million to develop and demonstrate the fire control sensor for a potential cruise missile threat engagement, which could also be effective in detecting missile threats. hypersonic.

US NORTHCOM included the same request in its list of unfunded requirements for FY22.

In the new wishlist, NORTHCOM is requesting an additional $135 million in total.

The command would like $29.8 million for an information dominance activation capability. Funding would purchase necessary information technology equipment and fund configuration infrastructure to support the application and optimization of artificial intelligence and machine learning capabilities in the operations center joint NORAD and NORTHCOM.

An additional $5.05 million would be spent digitizing Alaska’s long-range radar sites, and NORTHCOM is requesting $49.3 million to renovate and replace aging infrastructure systems at the Cheyenne Mountain complex. The funding would “recondition” two vintage 1960s diesel generators, repair blow-off valve components and HVAC systems, and replace the uninterrupted power supply battery system.

Joe Gould contributed to this report.

Jen Judson is an award-winning reporter covering ground warfare for Defense News. She has also worked for Politico and Inside Defense. She holds a Master of Science in Journalism from Boston University and a Bachelor of Arts from Kenyon College.

Larimer County up 1% since 2020 census – Estes Park Trail-Gazette


Weld County has added more new residents than any other county in the state since the April 2020 census, according to new data released by the US Census Bureau.

The county added approximately 11,055 residents, growing it from a population of 328,981 to 340,036, as of July 1, 2021, a growth rate of 3.4%.

The Census Bureau estimates county populations each year, based on the latest census, previous estimates, and demographic analysis.

Douglas County ranked second in the state in residents added, with 11,012 new residents, increasing the population from 357,978 to 368,990, an increase of 3.1%.

Looking at estimates for the one-year period from July 1, 2020 to July 1, 2021, Weld and Douglas reversed positions, with Douglas County adding 8,888 residents over that 12-month period and Weld County adding adding 8,678.

El Paso County ranked No. 3 statewide in population added since the census, with 7,472 new residents boosting the population from 730,395 to 737,867, up 1%.

Larimer County ranked No. 4 statewide, adding 3,467 residents, increasing the population from 359,066 to 362,533, an increase of 1%.

Boulder County actually lost population according to the estimate, dropping 1,215 residents from 330,758 to 329,543, down 0.4%.

Broomfield County added 1,213 residents, increasing the population from 74,112 to 75,325, up 1.6%.

Rich Werner, president and CEO of Upstate Colorado, a regional economic development organization based in Greeley, said the latest population gains reflect a trend that has existed for the past decade.

Weld County communities offer more affordable housing options than many parts of the Denver area, Werner noted, with industry growth adding to the appeal.

“When you have an area of ​​northern Colorado tied to the Denver metro area and you see robust industry growth, along with additional affordability [housing] options and a variety of communities to live in, you find that supports that growth,” he said. “It’s always been a question of housing stock and affordability that lends itself, as well as the commuting habits of the workforce.”

The Census Bureau identified net migration as the primary driver of Larimer County’s year-over-year population growth, while Weld County showed robust natural change of 1,993 and net migration of 6,730.

But negative net migration has been cited as the key driver of Boulder County’s population loss since July 1, 2020, with 1,413 residents leaving the county, only slightly offset by natural change or births versus deaths. .

This could be a reflection of the high housing costs in Boulder County. The median sale price of single-family homes for the city of Boulder, for example, approached $1.6 million in February, with Longmont at $600,000. The median February sale price on the Greeley-Evans market was just $434,850.

“We saw this happen in Longmont years ago, where the growth of Longmont was really about the affordability issue of people who worked in Boulder but couldn’t afford to live there and so moved to Longmont. “, Werner said. “And now we’re seeing the same thing as our population growth increases, as our industries continue to grow, we’re seeing an increased interest in living close to the workplace.”

Nationally, five of the top 10 counties in 2021 were in Texas, with Collin, Fort Bend, Williamson, Denton and Montgomery counties gaining a combined population of 145,663.


Los Angeles County, California has seen the largest population loss of any county, losing 159,621 residents in 2021.

Seventy-one percent of counties (2,218) experienced positive net international migration.

Four counties crossed the 100,000 population threshold in 2021: Cleveland County, North Carolina (100,359); Lancaster County, South Carolina (100,336); Bastrop County, Texas (102,058); and Grant County, Washington (100,297).

Los Angeles County, California (9,829,544) and Cook County, Illinois (5,173,146) had over 5 million residents in 2021, making them the two most populous counties from the country.

‘Everyone is different’: March and rally in Regina highlight SIS issues


A march from Carmichael Outreach to the office of the Department of Social Services was meant to send a message loud and clear: Saskatchewan’s income support program isn’t doing enough.

“The problems (with the SIS program) are so deep. The most important is the amount that (the people above) actually receive. Their living expenses, I believe they get $575 for rent and bills,” said Payton Byrne, who helped organize Monday’s march in Regina.

“They have taken direct payment out to landlords, which means instead of the salary going directly to landlords to make sure their rent is paid, they get a quarter of what the rent should be and are supposed to pay for it. everything and return it to their owners. as well as.”

More than 50 people came out to support the march. One of those people was Morley Redwood, who brought his 18-month-old son.

Redwood knows firsthand what kind of help homeless people get. He was homeless and turned to Camp Hope for help as he also battled addiction issues.

“I’ve been sober since December 3,” Redwood said. “I wrote down every day I was at Camp Hope in a book. I realized it had a lot to do with addictions, but everyone should be judged differently. Everyone is different.

“I believe the SIS program has made people fail. Look how many pennies (government officials) have invested in the (CFL’s Saskatchewan) Roughriders. They give them millions but only give pennies to the penniless. Our society despises the homeless, but they are real people.

In a written statement, the Department of Social Services said it continues to work with partners and all levels of government to help address homelessness.

“Budget 2022-23 represents a record investment to support Saskatchewan individuals and families in need. This includes an investment of $11.4 million to increase basic Saskatchewan Income Support benefits and housing benefits,” the statement said.

“The budget also includes expanded guardianship and financial management services through partner community organizations to help more clients with complex needs. The Saskatchewan Housing Benefit helps low-income people better pay their housing costs, providing up to $11.5 million through the National Housing Strategy.

But Byrne said the record investment is just an extra dollar a day for people in the SIS program.

“A dollar a day doesn’t help me pay my rent. A dollar a day doesn’t even help me eat a bagel. A dollar a day is a slap in the face when you ask to be able to have a roof over your head. It doesn’t matter except they can say, “Well, we did it,” Byrne said.

In its statement, the ministry said the best way to receive help was to visit one of its service centers in person. That’s why Byrne and others brought the issue to the ministry’s office.

“People should not be homeless; that shouldn’t be a question. We are trying to prove to Lori Carr, the Minister of Social Services, that people are homeless and that this SIS program is a failed program that needs to be scrapped,” Byrne said.

“We hope she realizes that there are homeless people and that the SIS program is failing. She keeps repeating the same three sentences in the Legislative Assembly and she admitted it. She said, “I will continue to say the same things. If there’s anyone who’s really turned down, bring them to me.

“There are homeless people and people who care about them too. It’s not just the homeless. There are people who want to show him that no matter where you stand politically, these are humans, these are lives, these are not numbers and these are not dollar signs.

99% of the world’s population breathe poor air quality, according to the World Health Organization


Almost everyone in the world breathes air containing too many pollutants, the World Health Organization said on Monday.

The UN health agency has called for more action to reduce the use of fossil fuels, which generate pollutants that cause respiratory and blood circulation problems and lead to millions of preventable deaths each year.

What are the effects of air pollution?

New data shows that 99% of the world’s population breathe air that exceeds WHO air quality limits and is often filled with particles that can penetrate deep into the lungs, enter veins and arteries and cause disease. Air quality is worst in the WHO’s Eastern Mediterranean and Southeast Asia regions, followed by Africa, he said.

“After surviving a pandemic, it is unacceptable to still have 7 million preventable deaths and countless preventable lost years of good health due to air pollutionsaid Dr Maria Neira, head of the environment, climate change and health department of the WHO.

“Yet too much investment is still being invested in a polluted environment rather than clean and healthy air,” she added.

What causes high levels of air pollution?

The database, which has traditionally considered two types of particles known as PM2.5 and PM10, for the first time included ground-based measurements of nitrogen dioxide. The latest version of the database was released in 2018.

Nitrogen dioxide comes mainly from human combustion of fuel, for example by car trafficand is most common in urban areas. Exposure can lead to respiratory illnesses like asthma and symptoms like coughing, wheezing and difficulty breathing, and more hospital and emergency room admissions, the WHO said. The highest concentrations were found in the eastern Mediterranean region.

Particulate matter has many sources, such as transportation, power plants, agriculture, waste burning, and industry, as well as natural sources like desert dust. The developing world is particularly affected: India had high levels of PM10, while China had high levels of PM2.5, according to the database.

“Particles, particularly PM2.5, are capable of penetrating deep into the lungs and entering the bloodstream, causing cardiovascular, cerebrovascular (stroke) and respiratory impacts,” the WHO said.

“There is new evidence that the particles impact other organs and also cause other diseases.”

How to fight against air pollution?

The findings highlight the scale of change needed to tackle air pollution, said Anumita Roychowdhury, an air pollution expert at the Center for Science and Environment, a research and advocacy organization in New Delhi. .

India and the world must prepare for major changes in an attempt to reduce air pollution, including using electric vehicles, moving away from fossil fuels, embracing a massive increase in green energy and by separating the types of waste, she said.

The Council on Energy, Environment and Water, a New Delhi-based think tank, found in a study that more than 60% of India’s PM2.5 loads come from households and industries.

Tanushree Ganguly, who leads the council’s clean air programme, called for action to reduce emissions from industries, automobiles, biomass burning and household energy.

“We must prioritize access to clean energy for those households that need it most and take active steps to clean up our industrial sector,” she said.

SBA should change its criminal history rules


Current small business loans discriminate by prohibiting loans to people with criminal backgrounds.

The United States Small Business Administration (SBA) restricted access to its loan programs – which are essential lifelines for small businesses – for those affected by the criminal justice system. These policies subtract racial disparities, are out of step with anti-discrimination law and should be reformed.

Each year, hundreds of thousands of people in the United States are published from prison. They face daunting obstacles to reintegration into society, including exclusion from employment, housing and other opportunities. Due to structural inequalities and systemic racism, the population released from prison is disproportionately African American and Hispanic. For example, African Americans to understand about 38 percent of all federal prisoners, but reconcile only 13% of the American population. As a result, loan policies that exclude people with criminal histories tend to have outsized negative effects on people of color.

Anti-discrimination laws such as the Fair Housing Actthe Equal Credit Opportunity Actand Title VII Civil Rights Act can help those released from prison to overcome these negative impacts. These laws bar intentional discrimination based on race and other protected characteristics in housing, loans and employment. They too bar seemingly neutral policies – those that do not explicitly target a particular group – that have a “disparate impact” on protected groups, such as racial minorities, or otherwise affect them negatively and disproportionately. Entities can be held liable for disparate impact if a seemingly neutral policy does not meet a legitimate business need or if there are less discriminatory alternatives that would meet that business need. While much more work remains to be done, for decades the disparate impact framework has helped dismantle unnecessary and discriminatory barriers to opportunity.

Disparate Impact Principles have increased equitable housing and employment opportunities by limiting overreliance on criminal history in these contexts. For example, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in the United States has Publishedguidance explaining that blanket employment and housing bans for people with criminal backgrounds are illegal. The US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has Published similar direction. Housing Advocates Succeeded disputed overly broad tenant selection policies that unnecessarily limit housing options for those affected by the criminal justice system.

Unfortunately, blunt criminal history bans persist in small business lending, in part because of the SBA’s criminal history criteria. As with employment and housing, access to secure credit can be vital for economic progress. Owning a small business can to augment income, wealth and independence. Small businesses also provide employment opportunities and vital services to the communities they serve. To start and scale their business activities, small business owners need access to capital, and they access this capital primarily through debt.

The SBA operates two loan programs designed to increase small businesses’ access to capital: the 7(a) Loan programand the 504 Loan Program. While both programs provide much-needed capital to small businesses, the SBA’s current treatment of criminal history is not in line with standard disparate impact principles, as described above.

Two Aspects of SBA Rules are particularly problematic. First, applicants on probation or parole for any crime are categorically Rod to receive SBA 7(a) and 504 loans. Second, applicants with a prior felony must undergo a “personality determination” conducted by the SBA, with no publicly available standards to guide that determination.

These policies likely have a disparate impact on candidates of color. The question, then, is whether the SBA’s criminal history rules are necessary to achieve a substantial, non-discriminatory interest. HUD guidance teaches that this interest “cannot be hypothetical or speculative” or be “based on generalizations or stereotypes”. Management too ordered that there must be evidence that “the policy actually achieves that interest”.

The SBA has a legitimate interest in ensuring that borrowers are creditworthy and will repay their loans. But as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) recently observed, “there is little evidence to suggest that criminal history lowers creditworthiness.” Indeed, given the lack of evidence, any attempt to link applicants’ probation or parole status to their ability to repay is likely based on “generalizations and stereotypes”. Similarly, the mere fact that a person has been convicted of a crime says nothing about that person’s likelihood of future repayment.

As a result, the SBA policy is too broad and most likely short violates anti-discrimination laws by failing to properly distinguish “between criminal behavior that indicates a demonstrable risk” of non-reimbursement and “criminal behavior that does not.”

The overbreadth of the SBA policy is a major problem. As the CFPB has Noted, more than 1.1 million small business owners have criminal histories, and people returning from incarceration are 50% more likely to become entrepreneurs than people who have never been incarcerated. Additionally, some financial institutions have looked to the SBA rules to develop their own internal policies on lending to business applicants with criminal backgrounds, indicating that the SBA’s criminal background rules have a significant impact on the beyond its own programs.

The SBA recently Shrunk his criminal history exclusions that apply to the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), which is designed to help businesses during the COVID-19 crisis. The original SBA rule Rod anyone convicted of a crime within the past five years and anyone on probation or parole to receive a PPP loan. The SBA later Shrunk the exclusion to only prohibit loans to persons guilty of crimes for “fraud, corruption, embezzlement or misrepresentation in a loan application”, unless the owner has been convicted or has started his parole or probation for a crime in the previous year. Despite these improvements to PPP rules, the SBA’s problematic standards for its core programs persist.

What should the SBA do about the criminal history policies that apply to its core programs? Given the discriminatory effect that consideration of criminal history can have, the SBA should not consider it unless there is a solid, non-speculative basis to believe that it achieves a substantial interest. and non-discriminatory.

At a minimum, this change would mean defining a bespoke list of types of convictions that could result in a loan being denied. This list should not be broader than the SBA Restricted List listing financial crimes prohibited for PPP loans. Even then, the SBA should conduct individualized assessments of prior convictions in a manner that takes into account creditworthiness factors, including the nature and seriousness of the conduct, the time elapsed since the conduct, and other past history. applicant’s credit. The SBA should be transparent about these criteria and how these assessments are conducted, and it should provide reasonable opportunities to challenge unfavorable decisions. Such an approach to criminal history would broaden access to credit and reduce the risk of the SBA violating the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and other anti-discrimination laws, while respecting the interests of the SBA and other lenders to be repaid.

If the SBA were to adopt these changes, positive effects would ripple through the credit industry.

Zacharie Best is an attorney at Relman Colfax.

Stephen Hayes

Stephen Hayes is a partner at Relman Colfax.

This essay is part of a six-part series entitled Promote economic justice.

You can now search for your family in the new 1950s census records

The digital recordings were released on Friday and are being made freely available to the public at a dedicated website, allowing viewers to research their family histories and backgrounds. They include 6.57 million population lists — many of which include multiple families and households — and 33,360 Indian reservation lists for Native Americans living on reservations.
In one video celebrating the release of the archives, Archivist of the United States David S. Ferriero explained that the National Archives had been preparing for publication for a decade. The images featured on the website are actually microfilm taken by the office in 1952 that had to be carefully digitized by archive staff. The original paper documents were destroyed in the 1960s.

Ferriero praised the archives staff “for their dedication to preserving and providing access to this important body of material.”

“Personally, I can’t wait to be reunited with my own family in Beverly, Massachusetts,” he added.

The archive recommends that users search for the first and last name of the head of household they are looking for; the database will return close matches even if users don’t know the exact spelling. The archive used an artificial intelligence technique called “optical character recognition” to extract names from images of handwritten text, so not all names are perfect.

Users can refine the name index by modifying and adding correct names. The National Archives also posted a video explaining how amateur genealogists can explore newly published records.
Home Secretary Deb Haaland also explained in a video the census is “particularly important to Indian tribes because it helps decide federal funding, which then impacts the government’s fiduciary responsibility to Indigenous communities.”

The 1950 census included 20 questions for all respondents aged 14 and over; some respondents also had to answer six additional questions.

“Since 1790, census data has painted a vivid and dynamic portrait of America,” said Robert Santos, director of the US Census Bureau, in another video celebrating publication.

Notably, the 1950 census marked the last personal visit by enumerators to most households. The office later moved to mailing household census forms, and today citizens can complete the census online, by phone, or by mail.

According to the records, censuses from 1960 and later are not publicly available “due to a legal access restriction of 72 years for confidentiality reasons”, but they can be requested privately from the US Census Bureau. .

“The census is full of family stories, and we know you’re eager to find yours,” Ferriero said.

3 charts that show why the housing market may be starting to cool


After two years of skyrocketing house prices thanks to a severe housing shortage and low interest rates that are boosting housing demand, hope may be dawning on the horizon for the millions of Americans facing to high housing costs. February 2022 showed several signs that the market might start to cool down.

While a number of factors could continue to push prices higher, these three charts show why we may be at a turning point in today’s hot housing market.

Image source: Getty Images.

1. Existing home sales are down

Graph of existing home sales from February 2022 to January 2021.

Image source: NAR February 2022 Existing home sales statistics.

According to the National Association of Realtors (NAR), in February 2022 there were 7.2% fewer existing home sales in February than in January 2022. This is the seventh consecutive decline in existing home sales in February. one year to the next.

The slight drop in the number of homes sold helped push existing home inventory up to 1.9 months of supply, although that figure remains well below the target range of five to six months of inventory. The sales trend has been a bit of a roller coaster, moving up and down over the past year, but rising property costs coupled with inflation and the current rise in mortgage rates could mean that the lack of sales activity is here to stay.

2. New home sales are down

February 2022 Census Bureau new home sales chart.

The housing shortage has been attributed as one of the main drivers of today’s scorching housing market. Years of underbuilding after the Great Recession created a shortage of housing available today. New homebuilders have been furiously trying to close the gap between demand and supply, accelerating housing starts and completions since 2020. But February could be the first sign that supply could outpace demand.

According to the US Census Bureau and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), new home sales were down 2% in February 2022 from January 2022 levels and 6.2% from February 2021. There is approximately 6.3 months of new home supply, putting it in a balanced supply market.

Despite the national shortage, it seems people are buying fewer new homes. This could be because affordability is becoming a growing concern as house prices continue to rise and interest rates also rise. If this downward trend in demand for new home sales continues, it could push inventory into oversupply.

3. Interest rates are rising

Line chart showing rising mortgage rates from 2021 to 2022.

Image source: Freddie Mac.

The Federal Reserve (the Fed) issued its first increase in the federal funds rate in more than four years. This movement, although modest, is the first of a long series since the Fed goes from 0% to 1.9% by the end of the year.

Although the federal funds rate does not set mortgage rates, it does impact the cost of capital and complicated movements in financial markets, meaning lenders like banks and other non-mortgage lenders are susceptible to raise mortgage rates, pushing some of that cost burden higher. on consumers.

Interest rates are trending higher, sitting at 4.67% today for a 30-year mortgage, up 1% from just a month ago. With the upcoming rate hikes by the Fed, it is very likely that mortgage rates will continue to climb, making homes even less affordable.

To illustrate how big a 1% jump can be, a 30-year mortgage at 3.76% on a $281,000 home, the national median house price today, assuming a 20 %, would equal a monthly mortgage payment of $1,042. At the current interest rate of 4.76%, that same home purchase would result in a monthly mortgage payment of $1,174. That’s $1,584 more every year.

Coupled with inflation, rising food prices, skyrocketing gas prices, rising property taxes and property insurance, and sky-high real estate prices, more and more Americans are being squeezed out of the market because of affordability. This will ultimately lead to lower demand and likely slower house price growth as demand more closely matches supply.

Housing prices are determined by supply and demand. As you can see in these three charts, there are many signs pointing to a balance or potential correction between today’s tight supply and record high demand. We could see things start to stabilize in the coming months, although there is no guarantee that this trend will continue.

National links: public transport and housing


Every day at The Overhead Wire, we collect city news and send the links to our mailing list. At the end of the week, we take some of the most popular stories and publish them on Greater Greater Washington, a group blog similar to street.mn that focuses on urban issues in the DC area. These are national links, sometimes entertaining and sometimes absurd, but hopefully useful.

Preparing transit for the future of work: Before the pandemic, only 5% of all hours worked were from home. Once the pandemic passes, that number is expected to rise to 28%, a remarkable societal shift. Public transport systems in many cities are organized primarily around business travel. This gives urban transit agencies the opportunity to reorganize to support people’s new daily routines. (Nick Caros | Eno Center for Transportation)

Tire chemicals kill fish: When researchers followed a study that showed salmon were affected by a tire chemical found in water runoff, they discovered that other fish like trout are affected by the same chemical in water courses. water near roads. The chemical, which has been used in tires since the 1950s, works to prevent fish from processing oxygen when they breathe. A small amount in an urban stream is enough to choke and kill trout. (Bob Weber | Toronto Star)

Infrastructure Bill is watershed moment for buses: Typically, buses are replaced every 12 years, and agencies have used limited federal funds for replacement and construction of facilities. But now there’s $2.35 billion available for buses, and agencies should start thinking bigger about how to provide better bus service through capital improvements that might not have been available in the past. This includes bus stops, stations, and ADA improvements that can make a huge difference in rider comfort and access. (Transit Center)

Why Christopher Alexander Still Matters: Urban design pioneer Christopher Alexander died last week at the age of 85. His books, including his most famous work, A Model language, are still must-reads for architecture students and computer coders everywhere. It even inspired the invention of Wikipedia. What he taught us about design is still important, and we need to find a way to preserve the environment around us. (Michael Mehaffy | Planetizen)

A lack of coordination of public transit and housing: The importance of linking affordable housing and transport is well known, but linking them in practice is another matter. New research from the Transit Cooperative Research Program examines the challenges residents face in education, employment and health care when public transit is less accessible than it should be. The work also shares solutions some agencies have used to bridge the gap. (Maria Zimmerman | MZ Strategies)

quote of the week

“When asked to estimate their annual gas tax expenditure, only one in five respondents came within 10% of the calculated cost. Fifty-five percent of respondents understated their gas taxes by more than 10 percent. The remaining 24% overestimated, sometimes by huge margins. People often couldn’t guess how much they were paying in state gas taxes, but 52% of respondents still thought it was too high.

Catie Gould in Sightline explains how voters in Washington state have no idea how much gas taxes are.

This week in podcast, Brookings’ Adie Tomer explains how transit-oriented development and active transportation play a role in climate strategies.

As Aging Population Grows, More People Turn to Palliative Care for Enrichment and Comfort | News


Mission House blends in with all the other homes on its quiet residential street in Redwood City. The only difference is that it houses terminally ill patients.

On a recent Monday afternoon, five residents were staying at the six-bedroom house. Some were behind closed doors, labeled with their first names. Others sat outside on a sunny terrace, chatting with visitors. In the kitchen, a staff member baked chocolate chip cookies.

Run by the nonprofit Mission Hospice & Home Care of San Mateo, Mission House is among the local alternatives for those seeking specialized hospice care. The vast majority of hospitalized patients — defined by Medicare as people expected to live six months or less — receive care at home, in assisted living facilities or nursing homes.

Local carers said specialist palliative care is not about focusing on death.

“The focus can be on living and understanding the goals you have with the time you have left and how we can help you enjoy it,” said Christine Ritzo, registered nurse at Mission Hospice & Home Care. .

It’s a myth that all hospice patients are bedridden or on morphine, Ritzo said, noting that some patients even take the opportunity to travel with “transfer” hospice support, possibly making be last trips to Hawaii or Lake Tahoe.

The demand for palliative care services is increasing as the elderly population and the number of patients with life-threatening illnesses increase. Nationally, the number of hospitalized patients rose from 1.38 million in 2015 to 1.61 million in 2019, according to the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. Medicare spending on palliative care increased by $5 billion over a five-year period: in 2019, spending reached $20.9 billion, up from $15.9 billion in 2015.

Last October, Governor Gavin Newsom signed legislation to strengthen oversight of hospice care across the state. The new laws now place auditing and monitoring procedures for palliative care providers under the responsibility of the Department of Public Health.

“For a long time people have treated death as a medical event, but death is a human event, and hospice brings humanity back to the experience of death,” said Terri Simpson-Tucker, director of the hospice for Sutter Care at Home.

Hospitalized patients receive visits from nurses or orderlies as needed — Medicare defines and reimburses four levels of care — and families receive help from social workers, doctors, chaplains, bereavement counselors and many volunteers.

But the choice to enter palliative care – which belongs to the patient and can be revoked at any time – is difficult to face because it requires accepting only comfort care for a terminal illness while explicitly renouncing medical efforts to cure the person’s illness.

With advances in chemotherapy, radiation and drugs, “people are holding on to that hope,” said Dolores Miller, CEO of Mission. “Sometimes people aren’t ready. … It’s not until they’ve been in hospital, five times, six times, seven times or in their last year of life that they start thinking about hospice or something different.

“The (doctor) will say, ‘There’s nothing more we can do for you. We don’t have curative treatment options anymore – there’s only symptom management.” But that’s what hospice does.”

For patients and families accustomed to comprehensive treatment, hospice can feel like giving up or even hastening death.

But high-quality palliative care can actually prolong life, according to Palo Alto Medical Foundation physician David Tran, who directs palliative care and support services there.

“With good early palliative care, people actually live longer and more comfortably than we often expect,” Tran said. “I think it has to do with reducing medical complications from treatment, reducing the number of people placed in institutions and allowing people to stay at home longer in a less stressful environment.”

Simpson-Tucker, of Sutter Care at Home, said some patients “die when we admit them, which is not optimal. Most patients are on our ward for four or five months.”

Some even get better and leave hospice, but may come back later if they get worse, she added.

Between 2015 and 2019, the average length of stay for people in hospice rose from 86.7 days to 92.6 days, according to the National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization. About 19% of patients were enrolled in palliative care for two days or less, 25% were enrolled for five days or less and 50% were enrolled for 18 days or less, the group said. Patients with Alzheimer’s disease, dementia and Parkinson’s disease had the longest stays, while those with kidney failure and cancer had much shorter stays.

Local providers have said that working in palliative care is one of the most rewarding in their medical career.

Tran became a hospice and hospice physician after the lonely experience of being the primary caregiver during his own father’s four-year terminal illness as a teenager.

“It would have been great, back then, to have the social support and the kind of spiritual support that hospice provides,” Tran said. “As I progressed in my career, this kind of work really appealed to me.”

Simpson-Tucker called hospice “the most rewarding kind of nursing I have ever had.”

“I have the privilege of doing something that not many people can do, to sit down and talk with someone about their life, the connections they’ve made in life,” she said. “I see so much grace with which people leave this world.”

While California’s hospice movement began with volunteers and nonprofit organizations in the 1970s, the majority of programs in the state are now for-profit.

To help potential patients select a provider, Medicare publishes comparative information — including family ratings in categories such as “communication with family” and “getting help fast” — at medicare.gov/care-compare.

Imagine another world. Now imagine 5,000 more.


Luis Calcada, a science visualization artist which works with the European Southern Observatory, chose another hot Jupiter: Vega b.

“This star, which is only 25 light-years away from us, is at the heart of Carl Sagan’s novel ‘Contact’,” Calçada said. He said the book sparked an interest that led him “to pursue university studies in astronomy. After that, I built a career as a science illustrator. So this book, Carl Sagan and Vega were present at a defining moment in my life. So seeing a planet discovered around it was very exciting.

During his years on “Star Trek: The Next Generation,” Wil Wheaton became familiar with fictional worlds and new forms of life. He chose YZ Ceti b, which is slightly smaller than Earth and orbits a red dwarf 12 light-years away, making it extremely close for further study.

“It doesn’t make sense that, in a universe as vast as ours, we are the only intelligent (sentient) species,” Wheaton said in an email. “So when I look up at the night sky, I don’t just imagine someone else looking back. I know they are.

He added that the proof was unlikely to come in our lifetimes, so “our most pressing challenge as a species right now is to care for the only planet we can live on so that generations to come come, in a future so distant that we cannot imagine what it will be like, our descendants will be able to establish a first contact.

At just 500 million years old, Kepler-51 is among the youngest star systems on this list. But despite still being a baby in astronomical terms, the system is already home to several planets with enigmatic properties, said Peter Gao, a staff scientist at the Carnegie Institution for Science.

Dr Gao said the system’s three planets were dubbed ‘super puffs’, with extremely low density reminiscent of styrofoam or cotton candy and ‘challenging our understanding of planet formation and evolution’ .

He added that “I like them because I like a good mystery, and their existence showed that the universe is always more imaginative than us.”

Some city ward boundaries may change after the 2020 census


Now that the results of the 2020 census are available, the data will mean boundary changes for some areas of the city. At the Administrative and Community Services (ACS) committee on Thursday, the committee heard some details about the proposed changes to the first reading of the ordinance before voting unanimously to amend the ordinance.

State law dictates that ward boundaries should be nearly equal in population, compact, and contiguous. Urban planner Emily Calderon said the proposed new neighborhood map was drawn up using certain parameters. The target population for each ward was set by dividing the city’s total population of 26,808 by the number of wards of seven, setting the target population for each ward at 3,830 people. Five percent above or below this target is considered acceptable.

Calderon said the three major changes would involve the Grandview Subdivision, West Linden, Cherry, Magnolia and Quince streets moving from Ward 4 to Ward 5. The area between Hillsboro Avenue and Chapman Street would move from Ward 5 to Ward 1 The other change moves a few blocks west of Troy Road between Franklin and McKinley Avenues from Ward 5 to Ward 3.

This formula means that there will be changes in Wards 1, 3, 4, and 5. If residents live in Wards 2, 6, or 7, everything remains as it is now. The population of Ward 1 will increase by nearly 240 people. The population of district 3 will gain 57 inhabitants. Ward 4 will lose approximately 750 people. District 5 will gain 460 inhabitants.

Calderon added that these proposed changes are the least possible to meet the population guidelines for each neighborhood. This updated ward map would come into effect before the next election and before the next council election in April 2023.

Then the aldermen will review the map. Ward 5 Alderman William Krause believes this is the biggest population shift in his ward since 2000.

“I’m happy to invite Grandview residents to Ward 5; happy to come out and start talking to them to see what their concerns are,” he said.

The plan now goes to the full city council for a first reading on Tuesday, then to the ACS for a second reading on April 14 and to the city council on April 19 for a vote. The final approved map will come into effect at the next election.

Rocking Horse, health district partner to encourage COVID-19 vaccination


The vaccine is effective in preventing the main variant of the coronavirus, as well as the delta variant, Cook said, but it is also effective in preventing hospitalization and death from the virus.

Carter-Smith said schools in the city of Springfield also worked with Rocking Horse in preparation for the clinic, sending flyers home with students and sending out robocalls.

Friday’s vaccination clinic, held at 651 S. Limestone St. in Rocking Horse, included food, music and a rotating photo booth. Everyone who received a vaccine dose that day also received Groceryland, Door Dash or Visa gift cards.

To exploreTeens create art to promote self-love and raise donations

Around 50 appointments were scheduled for the event, and many walk-ins were also conducted. The clinic administered a variety of doses to patients, with a diverse mix of first, second and booster doses administered, said Stacy Lee, chief operating officer.

Roger and Sharon Evans attended the vaccination event to get their second booster doses.


Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.

Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.
callout arrowLegend

Sharon Evans receives her second booster at the Rocking Horse Vaccination Clinic on Friday.

“We want to stay healthy and our loved ones to stay healthy,” said Sharon Evans. “We constantly encourage our family to get vaccinated.”

Roger Evans, who is a retired chief of the Springfield Police Division, said he thinks the vaccine is one of the best guards against catching COVID-19, and the virus doesn’t make a discrimination.

To exploreOhio announces $10.5 million initiative to solve gun crimes

“When you catch a virus like this, it doesn’t matter what political party you are,” he said.

Since the pandemic, 34,390 cases of COVID-19 have been reported in Clark County.

Those interested in starting or continuing their vaccine series can visit the health district website to see future clinic times and locations.

West Haven needs to do more for housing


Housing is a human right.

We demand the City of West Haven invest more of its COVID relief money in housing

Safe and dignified housing is a human right and an essential part of a healthy life. But in West Haven, working-class families are struggling to afford to rent a house. Due to monthly rent increases, the average tenant in West Haven is short $13,000 to afford a two-bedroom apartment, according to a 2019 report from DataHaven. The federal government says that for housing to be considered affordable, it must cost 30% or less of a family’s monthly income. By this definition, a person must earn at least $27 an hour in West Haven to afford a two-bedroom apartment. That’s more than double the minimum wage.

Paying rent was hard enough before the pandemic, and COVID-19 has only made it worse. We all know someone who has lost their job, or had their hours cut dramatically, or had to quit to care for sick loved ones. When working paycheck to paycheck, these hardships mean the difference between eviction and having a home, with long-term consequences for families but also for entire communities. It also means never having the opportunity to save. According to the National Low Income Housing Coalition, “increasing access to affordable housing is the single most cost-effective strategy for reducing child poverty and increasing economic mobility in the United States… Without affordable housing, families have limited opportunities to increase their income.

Many families in our community live in apartments that are far too small and overcrowded, even though their parents work around the clock to support their families. Although federal housing subsidies exist, waiting lists far exceed the number of affordable housing units available.

We, the Sisters in Diaspora collective, want to see the urgency of this housing crisis reflected in city spending and priorities. Last year, the city of West Haven received a one-time payment of $29 million from the federal government through the US bailout to help recover from the effects of COVID-19. Mayor Rossi proposed a plan to allocate just $1 million of that fund to housing, creating a “housing crisis fund” that would “establish short-term emergency housing for families facing a housing crisis.” inevitable”. Meanwhile, the mayor’s plan proposes to allocate $2.4 million in bonuses to police officers for the next two years. This plan demonstrates the mayor’s desire to prioritize policing, a move community members and organizers in Connecticut and the United States have opposed at least since 2020, over providing affordable housing to members of the West Haven community.

We urge West Haven City Council to reject the currently proposed plan in favor of one that focuses on the basic living needs of West Haven’s working class residents. Given the severity of the city’s housing crisis and the limitations of existing housing access programs, we urge our city to take advantage of this federal funding to create real solutions for the thousands of people who have no access to the basic human right of safe and affordable housing. As a start, we are proposing that 50% of ARP funding, or $14.5 million, be used to provide six months of rent relief to families in West Haven. We also urge the city to invest funds over the next few years in structural solutions to the housing crisis, such as increasing the number of affordable housing options in this city. By agreeing to these proposals, Mayor Rossi and City Council can take significant first steps toward easing West Haven’s housing crisis and show that they are listening to their constituents and prioritizing their needs.

The Sisters in Diaspora collective is a group composed mainly of immigrant and refugee women.

How population estimates could delay funding for George Wythe


RICHMOND, Va. — Back and forth continues between the Richmond School Board and the Richmond Board over what the correct population projection will be for the south side of Richmond.

This is a situation that is contributing to delaying the release of funds to rebuild George Wythe Secondary School.

Cracks and collapsing facilities are why Richmond’s George Wythe High School is considered a priority for all city and school board leaders. However, it is the prediction of the number of students who will occupy these seats that blocks the process. The members of the municipal council and the school board do not agree on this figure. The majority of the school board voted in favor of a capacity of 1,600 places.

While many city members are in favor of a 2,000 seat capacity.

Those in favor of the 2,000 number rely on the following projections of numbers that show continued growth in Richmond.

A Cooper Center projection that analyzed the 2010 census said it predicts the Richmond area will continue to grow. A US community survey that surveys annually finds a similar trajectory of increased growth.

“The city of Richmond has grown in population and that’s a trend we’ve seen that’s different than in the past,” said Tom Shields, associate dean for academic and student affairs at the University of Richmond.

Those arguing for the 2,000-person capacity also cite a study by the Cropper firm that was commissioned by the district in 2019.

This study predicted that George Wythe would have 1,741 students in the fall of 2026. The school is also expected to have 110% of the current capacity of 1,401 for the 2021–22 school year. That’s 1,541 students.

In fact, officials say George Wythe’s current enrollment count is close to 1,300, a difference of nearly 200 people from what the company had forecast for the year.

School board members like Jonathan Young, who supports building 1,600 students, say they want to use the actual data on a projection that’s already turned off. He also wants the approximately 2,500 vacant seats in the city’s high schools to be used before they spend more money creating more space.

At this time, it is unclear when a decision will be made on capacity. The school board is due to meet again in April

10 books to add to your reading list in April 2022


Reviewer Bethanne Patrick recommends 10 promising titles, fiction and non-fiction, to consider for your April list.

April is the mildest month, the season when novels spring from the richest literary soil. Beloved novelists return to push their particular talents in bold new directions (and one of them, Ocean Vuong, returns to poetry). These recommendations include some amazing books on dark and difficult subjects, but there’s always joy in good writing.


sea ​​of ​​tranquility
By Emily St. John Mandel
Knopf: 272 pages, $25
(April 5)

Mandel is perhaps best known for “Station Eleven,” her bestselling dystopian pandemic tale of grief and recovery in which art may be the only thing worth saving. After a beloved HBO Max adaptation and realistic follow-up novel, “The Glass Hotel,” the author returns to science fiction with a saga about a wormhole in time and a group of lost souls who may hold the key to human survival.

The candy house
By Jennifer Egan
Scribner: 352 pages, $28
(April 5)

Egan has already expanded the possibilities of fiction with “A Visit From the Goon Squad,” his time- and genre-hopping 2010 story novel – and won the Pulitzer for it. But she wasn’t done with her eclectic and eccentric characters. “The Candy House” takes them into an ever-distant future, an era of AI-fused consciousness that still leaves room for hope, change, and rock ‘n’ roll.

Young Mungo
By Douglas Stuart
Grove: 400 pages, $27
(April 5)

Stuart’s debut novel ‘Shuggie Bain’ won the 2020 Booker Prize. Any writer would find it a tough act to follow. ‘Young Mungo’, a gay ‘Romeo and Juliet’ set in Glasgow, has the same dynamic writing as ‘Shuggie’ but a word of warning: it goes to much darker places exploring the entanglements of love and violence. Again, Shuggie Bain is a child, Mungo Hamilton a teenager. Growing up can be brutal.

"A little push up," by Melissa Chadburn

(Farrar, Straus & Giroux)

A little push up
By Melissa Chadburn
FSG: 352 pages, $27
(April 12)

Born to a Filipina mother and a black father, Marina Salles endures sexual abuse, the horrors of foster care, a struggle with drug addiction and a too short period of happiness with a girlfriend before a serial killer does not end his life. But that’s not the end: a Filipino spirit known as an aswang inhabits Marina’s consciousness and opens up insights into her life that she never had while living it. The novel shocks, but always with a purpose.

city ​​on fire
By Don Winslow
William Morrow: 384 pages, $29
(April 26)

The first volume in a planned trilogy, “City on Fire” confronts two crime families in 1980s Providence, RI, and follows their ongoing war with an eye to the greatest epic ever written: “The Iliad.” ‘Homer. Is it also a new version of “The Godfather”? Swapping the southwest of his “Border” trilogy for the more corrupt corners of the northeast, Winslow shows that criminal dynasties know no borders.


Easy beauty: a memoir
By Chloe Cooper Jones
Avid reader: 288 pages, $28
(April 5)

Taking its title from a philosopher who describes “easy beauty” as “apparent and unchallenging,” Cooper Jones, herself a philosopher and journalist, examines aesthetics from her perspective as someone born with sacred agenesis and the challenges that come with it. For all of its heady ideas, the book has bite, especially when the author connects those ideas to his real-life conversations and practical concessions.

"Time is a mother," by Ocean Vuong

time is a mother
By Ocean Vuong
Penguin Press: 128 pages, $24
(April 5)

Vuong, acclaimed for his 2019 novel “On Earth We’re Briefly Gorgeous”, returns to poetry (following 2016’s “Night Sky With Exit Wounds”) in a collection focused on his mother’s death that incorporates fragments of his life (a poem is based on his Amazon orders). The immediacy of the verse and the universality of the loss of family will surely bring new readers to Vuong – and to the poetry.

Building a Nervous System: A Memoir
By Margo Jefferson
Hall of Fame: 208 pages, $27
(April 12)

In her 2015 memoir, “Negroland,” the Pulitzer Prize-winning critic wrote about how her upbringing in a privileged black community shaped her. Her new memoirs take the story forward to her training as a critic and thinker, analyzing her heroes, influences and foils, from her parents to Bing Crosby and Ike Turner. These self-examinations are coupled with reconsiderations of culture and society, including the artists she now sees in a much more complicated light.

"Why we fight: the roots of war and the paths to peace," by Christopher Blattman

Why we fight: the roots of war and the paths to peace
By Christopher Blattman
Viking: 400 pages, $32
(April 19)

The University of Chicago professor writes about how violence, crime and poverty are intertwined and how they can fuel larger-scale conflict. Blattman fights at every level, from local coups to global warfare, providing telling examples of escalation. But perhaps his most salient point is this: “There is rarely a reason for a war.” This is a relevant and urgent new study.

Finding Me: A Memoir
By Viola Davis
Harper One: 288 pages, $29
(April 26)

Hopefully Davis wins a Grammy for her Audible recording of those memoirs, becoming the first black woman to claim a coveted EGOT. The Oscar, Tony and Emmy winner’s memoir unravels the story she built on her way to real-life fame, a tougher but ultimately more fulfilling tale of struggle and success. Her gorgeous storytelling will inspire anyone who wants to get rid of old labels.

Lack of student voters raises concerns ahead of election


As the 2022 election approaches – following a controversial redistricting – the perceived political apathy of 1.2 million students enrolled in post-secondary education in New York State is of growing concern for long-term residents who are impacted by census college towns like Ithaca.

During the academic year, students at Ithaca College and Cornell University make up about two-thirds of The population of Ithaca. Statewide college student populations impact the census report, which in turn, affects local redistricting, determining the number of congressional seats allocated to each state and how federal funding is allocated. Students are counted in the census as residents of their college town because that is where they live and sleep most of the time. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the US Census Bureau has asked colleges and universities to provide off-campus student rosters. It was for the purpose of Include students in the census where they would have lived had there not been school closures or a shift to virtual learning. While counted in the census, students must choose between registering to vote in their college county or in their home county — many of which continue to vote at home.

Donald Beachler, an associate professor in the Department of Politics and a resident of Ithaca, said he’s frustrated with the lack of student involvement in politics, especially when it comes to redistricting states and local cities. Ward 4 of the Ithaca Common Council has a total population of 7,594 — made up mostly of Cornell students — but only 102 votes were cast in the 2021 election for its representative on the city council, according to The Voice of Ithaca.

“My old joke was that more college students throw beer cans on the street in Collegetown than they actually vote,” Beachler said. “That’s one of the implications of [dense student populations]; you have very few voters.

Senior Kaitlyn Katz said when she started college she changed her voting address so she could vote in Ithaca rather than mailing an absentee ballot to her hometown of Westchester, New York .

“I liked learning a little bit more about Ithaca politics and being able to make a decision about it,” Katz said. “Since I have lived in Ithaca for four years, I think it is important that I can make my voice heard where I currently live.”

The city of Ithaca has published its first draft offer lines of service March 28. The draft proposal was developed with the intention of keeping neighborhoods and communities together as well as having districts within 5% of each other.

Beachler is one of many residents who want college students to be diluted in city neighborhoods, allowing longtime residents to have a greater impact on the local vote.

“They are [students that are] you’ll never pay $1 in property taxes, so it’s easy to sit around and raise taxes you’re never going to pay,” Beachler said. “But by diluting the pupils, you’re going against what’s generally considered good practice in drawing neighborhoods, which is to keep neighborhoods intact and draw neighborhoods compact.” … I don’t think anything will change.

According to the Tompkins County Board of Elections, there are 63 voters with addresses at 953 Danby Road and the Circle Apartments at 1033 Danby Road. There are also 1,140 voters with a 14853 zip code unique to the Cornell University campus. Many students who attend both colleges make a living from campus and therefore the total of 1,213 student voters does not fully represent the number of students registered to vote in Tompkins County.

Ithaca College and Tompkins County moved into a newly blue 22nd congressional district as a result of state redistricting. Before the redistricting, the college and county were in the 23rd congressional district. the current representative Tom Reed (R-NY), does not plan to run again, leaving the electoral race without an incumbent. There are currently 27 districts, but when the New York Census registered only 89 fewer people than the 2010 census, the state lost a seat in the United States House.

After the redistricting process, Democrats have a national advantage, with 182 blue districts and 147 red districts. However, mid-term, the incumbent often loses House seats to his party, and with 62 competitive precincts, the election will likely be affected by President Joe Biden. job endorsement note, which is currently at a low 40%. The Republican Party also enjoys a majority of voters among likely voters in the general election, according to congressional polling data collected by RealClearPolicies. The results showed a polling average of 46.8% Republican voters to 43.1% Democratic voters for the upcoming election.

Democratic student voters like Katz worry that blue districts with more Republican voters could be lopsided because students aren’t voting.

“A lot of people in Ithaca say, ‘It’s blue already, why does it matter,’ but I don’t think that’s really the point,” Katz said. “We need more representation and more people need to be heard. …I don’t really know how to increase the number of student voters, maybe even just inject some urgency.

Junior Jacob Shelley now lives in the city of Ithaca but votes where he grew up in Trumansburg, another town in Tompkins County. Similar to Katz, Shelley said student voices are often absent from policy discussions and decisions.

“To be honest, I think a lot of people in this area are comfortable with the fact that the Democratic Party generally has a strong presence and isn’t really competitive in the Ithaca area,” Shelley said. “I think of a lot of people who just put them at ease so they don’t necessarily want to come out and vote. The student vote isn’t too incredibly hot right now but if we can increase that I think there would be a more accurate representation of what Ithaca is because Ithaca without its student population is a very Ithaca different than when she is with a student population.”

A born and bred Ithacan, Vanessa Fajans Turneris one of the first DDemocratic candidates to join the 2022 election race for the 22nd congressional district representative.

“I think the world would be a much better place if students all voted regularly, and if they voted where they felt most at home and felt most affected by policies and actions,” Fajans-Turner said. “Particularly because the issues that are so close to my heart, like climate change, are the ones that will have the biggest impact on younger generations.”

So far the candidates who started campaigns for the 22nd District with Fajans-Turner are Democrats Francis Conole, Sarah Klee Hood, Mikayla Ridley, Josh Riley and Sam Roberts. The Republican candidates are Mike Sigler and Brandon Williams. The deadline for filing is April 7 for candidates who present themselves within the primary state election, held on June 28. To be eligible to vote in the primary, nominations must be received in person by the Board of Elections by June 3 or by mail by June 8. Because New York is a closed primary state, voters must be registered under a specific party. Therefore, if a resident is not a registered Democrat, they cannot vote for that party’s candidates and vice versa.

Despite the Republican Party’s lawsuit claiming the New York redistricting is unconstitutional, Judge Patrick F. McAllister — a Republican — allowed the map to be signed on February 3 by Governor Kathy Hochul. The lawsuit comes after the Democratic Party fought for years to ban partisan gerrymandering with the Freedom to Vote Act.

Gerrymandering is the practice of drawing district lines to create an advantage for a political party by grouping voters together and diluting the opposing party into districts or bypassing areas to limit their possible seats in Congress.

“Lawsuits like this only make people more suspicious and cynical of the Democratic process and it’s incumbent on every political actor and official to try to restore that faith,” Fajans-Turner said. “The issues we all care about are not limited to districts.”

Anna Kelles, the Ddemocratic AAssembly Rrepresentative for Tompkins County, voted to adopt the new district lines for the state. She said the priority in choosing new districts was to ensure that marginalized populations were given a voice that had previously been diluted in different districts and therefore deprived of a political voice. Kelles said any political change impacted by the new districts is an indirect result of keeping previously divided populations together.

“I find it comical in the context of what’s going on across the country,” Kelles said. “Looking at how voter rights are being demolished in very Republican-dominated states to a level where I think it definitely borders on the suppression of human rights.”

Ithaca College Republicans is an on-campus group that champions conservative Republican Party values. In a statement to IthacaThe executive board of Ithaca College Republicans has said it strongly opposes the new map and hopes the courts will force Albany to draw a fair map for everyone’s benefit.

“Albany Democrats have drawn an appalling gerrymander in an attempt to salvage their slim majority in the House of Representatives,” the statement said. “Four Republican seats have been egregiously removed around the state. The map shows that Democrats are not against gerrymandering; they only oppose it when it hurts them. In a state [where] President Trump won 37% of the vote, Republicans deserve more than 15% representation in Congress. »

Nonpartisan organizations working to ensure district maps are free from political influence, such as Common Cause, are also against the new lines. Natalia Philatov, deputy director of the New York chapter of Common cause, said the lines are so heavily gerrymandered that some districts are uncompetitive. Nonprofits like Common Cause are advocating for the lines to be drawn by an independent, citizen-led redistricting commission with no political interest in the redistricting.

“Both sides engage in this kind of behavior,” Philatov said. “That’s why it shouldn’t be up to politicians to design neighborhoods. … We need to reform this process and improve it so that it serves our communities rather than politicians. This is a disservice to voters.

Mayor Adams signs legislation extending housing and vacancy survey deadline


March 30, 2022

NEW YORK – New York City Mayor Eric Adams today signed into law Intro 70, extending the deadline for the city’s Housing and Vacancy Survey (HVS). Sponsored by Pierina Sanchez, Member of the New York City Council and Chair of the Housing and Buildings Committee, Intro 70 extends the HVS deadline from April 1, 2022 to July 1, 2022.

“I am thrilled that my first bill signing and hearing will be one that gets things done for tenants and workers in New York City,” said Mayor Adams. “Too many New Yorkers are struggling to keep a roof over their heads and put food on the table, and this bill gives the city the time it needs to make an informed decision on the expansion. stabilization of rents.

“The Housing and Vacancy Study is an essential tool for tracking our housing stock and understanding the on-the-ground realities for New Yorkers trying to find affordable housing for their families,” said Jessica Katz, New York Housing Manager. “I am grateful to Council Member Sanchez for understanding how important it is for the city to have enough time to accurately assess the state of our housing market. We cannot rush a review on short notice when rent stabilized housing is at stake. This bill will allow us to do our job well.

“For more than 50 years, the New York City Housing and Vacancy Survey has been the most trusted source of information on the city’s vacancy rate, housing supply and condition, and the continued need for rent regulation. In light of the effect of the pandemic on New York City tenants, collecting in-depth citywide data is more important than ever,” said New York City Department of Housing Preservation and Development Commissioner Adolfo Carrión Jr. “We are pleased to have the Council’s support to extend the deadline to allow the New York City Vacant Housing Survey to more accurately assess the state of housing in this city.”

“The pandemic is still impacting New York City on multiple fronts, including exacerbating the housing affordability crisis that preceded the arrival of COVID,” said Adrienne Adams, President of the New York City Council. “Extending the housing emergency determination period in our city will allow tenants to remain protected under rent stabilization laws for longer. I thank Council Member Sanchez for her leadership on this important legislation. »

“Stabilized housing is critical to maintaining affordability for our New Yorkers,” said New York City Council Member Pierina Sanchez. “This bill is essential to ensure that rent stabilization can continue in New York City, based on the appropriate results of the city’s vacancy survey. I am proud to have sponsored this bill as the first act as chair of the housing and buildings committee, and I look forward to continuing all efforts to maintain rent stabilization for the two million households New Yorkers who rely on city leaders to uphold our rent stabilization laws. in this city.”
The HVS is completed every three years in accordance with New York State and New York City rent regulation laws, however, the survey scheduled for 2020 was initially postponed due to the 2021 U.S. Census , then due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Under New York State law, the city’s rent stabilization law is triggered by a “housing emergency,” which is in effect when the city’s rental housing vacancy rate – such as measured by the HVS – is less than 5%.


How 2 industries blocked justice for young lead paint victims


Without insurance, there is little chance of recovering money for a child when an owner has few resources. Landlords who hold large assets have found ways to legally distance themselves from problematic tenancies, increasingly using LLCs to hide assets and identities. In 2019, for example, a family in Virginia who received a $2 million judgment agreed to accept just $140,000 after the landlord, a major developer, dodged collection efforts.

As a result, plaintiffs’ attorneys – who often work on a contingency basis, bearing costs and collecting payment only if there is a favorable judgment or settlement – ​​are increasingly refusing to sue.

If it hadn’t been for the hurdles, ‘I would still be in front of juries,’ said Richard Serpe, an attorney who represented the Virginia family and quit taking lead cases last year after being there. worked for three decades. “We shifted the burden to those least able to handle it, which is those children.”

The issue of lead poisoning has taken on new urgency: In October, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention lowered the threshold for identifying those at risk, meaning many more children will show high levels of lead poisoning. lead. In New York state alone, that number would nearly double, from around 6,000 new cases a year to around 11,500, according to health data reviewed by The Times.

No exposure to lead is considered safe, and even low levels have been shown to affect a child’s intelligence, learning ability, and behavior, according to the CDC. The repercussions can last a lifetime, and taxpayers end up paying much of the time. the cost of care – billions of dollars a year for medical treatment and special education.

The ultimate goal is to address lead hazards so that children are not exposed at all, which local, state and federal agencies are addressing with limited success. David Jacobs, chief scientist at the National Center for Healthy Housing, points out that there are known cures for unsafe properties and argues that landlords and insurers, who can grant or deny them coverage, must play a role in resolution the problem. “We can’t afford to keep ignoring it – it costs too much and causes too much damage,” he said.

Some states have limited or attempted to ban insurance exclusions — a bill is pending in New York — but the insurance and real estate industries have opposed such moves. Frames in these companies claim that requiring lead coverage would crash the insurance market and drive up the cost of housing, regardless of whether lead paint was present before a child was poisoned.

2022 Pre-Season Top 30 Prospects List


With the new Major League season just weeks away, it’s time for a spring tradition like no other: the unveiling of each team’s top 30 pre-season prospect list.

The annual launch gives a glimpse into each club’s future, highlighting players who are likely to help either on the road or already this summer.

Here’s an overview of each farming system, with links to their top 30 lists and breakdowns of those lists:

blue jays
The Jays’ system is thinner now that they’ve turned former top prospects into key parts of their World Series prospect club. But the top of Toronto’s system in particular remains strong, especially in multi-position infielders. Continued “

Once again the owners of one of the best systems in baseball, the Orioles enter 2022 anticipating the arrival of Adley Rutschman, Grayson Rodriguez and other future cornerstones. Things might finally be about to turn a corner in Charm City. Continued “

The Rays’ ability to compete year after year remains proof of how well they develop talent and how deep their system is. It’s no different this year, with five Top 100 prospects and plenty of talent behind those headliners. Continued “

Red Sox
Boston’s down year in 2020 has helped it rebuild its system, which is now headlined by top 2021 draft prospect Marcelo Mayer and rookie of the year contender Triston Casas. There’s also a good amount of depth here to help the Red Sox get back to the playoffs. Continued “

The Yankees’ system is deep and swims in shortstops. New York’s top five prospects are all positional players, and he has several interesting weapons as well. Continued “

Getting back to the argument, the Guardians will have to rely on a farming system that has been up to snuff in recent years. Most of their rotation comes from the 2016 draft, and they remain deep in the middle field and pitching prospects. Continued “

You may have heard of Bobby Witt Jr., baseball’s new top prospect. He’s far from the only one in a Royals system that should bring excitement to Kansas City in the near future. Continued “

The Tigers have two of MLB Pipeline’s top 5 overall prospects — no other organization can make the same claim. But Spencer Torkelson and Riley Greene aren’t the only blue chippers to move to Detroit, where the big league team looks set to turn a corner. This might be the best Tigers farm system we’ve seen in a while. Continued “

Minnesota dealt from their depth of throwing prospect to bolster their rotation with Sonny Gray, overturning 2021 first-round pick Chase Petty in the deal. But there are more weapons where that came from, and many are ready to contribute now. Six of the organization’s top 10 prospects will open the season on the 40-man roster, including the top four pitchers in the system. Continued “

White socks
Chicago is more focused on the present than the future these days, owners of back-to-back playoff appearances and one of the weakest farming systems in the game. Much of their hopes rest on a strong contingent Cuban – Five of the White Sox’s top prospects hail from the island. Continued “

Although the Astros join the White Sox as the only teams without a Top 100 Prospect on our latest list, they had three players who narrowly missed shortstop Jeremy Peña, wide receiver Korey Lee and right-hander Hunter Brown. Houston, however, established a tradition of getting outstanding performances in the big leagues from players who were relatively unrecognized in the minors. Continued “

There’s been a huge turnover in our top 30 Angels list, and not just because seven of the 20 pitchers they acquired with their 20 draft picks last year are here — although that certainly shakes things up. . A total of 17 players appear on this list for the first time. Continued “

The Oakland system has been replenished. By trading a trio of their stars – Chris Bassitt, Matt Chapman and Matt Olson – the A’s received 10 players in return. Five of those newcomers immediately made it into the organization’s top 10 prospects, and three others joined the club’s top 30 prospects. Continued “

The Mariners have spent the past three offseasons cultivating and developing young talent, transforming a once-bleak farming system into one of the Majors’ best. Many of these top prospects have made it to the bigs, more are on the way, and some are just finding their way into the minors. The organization is in great shape. Continued “

The immediate and long-term future for Rangers is significantly brighter than their recent winning percentages suggest. Armed with five Top 100 Prospects and its best prospecting depth in years, especially on the pitching side, the farming system should be able to fill a variety of holes. Continued “

The Braves won the 2021 World Series behind a host of homegrown stars and key business acquisitions that didn’t require trade prospects. But replacing Freddie Freeman did. Their system is finer after sending Shea Langeliers, Cristian Pache and two others to Oakland for Matt Olson.
Continued “

Miami’s agricultural system looks stronger than ever, especially in terms of quality pitching. The Marlins open 2022 tied with the Mariners and Pirates for the most top-100 prospects with six. That total also matches their franchise record from 2013, when José Fernández and Christian Yelich were in the system. Continued “

The Mets have a very heavy system led by three big bats. There’s also right-handed throwing depth, but not a lot of high-end types, after the Mets decided against signing 2021 first-round pick Kumar Rocker. Continued “

It’s a new era in Washington’s agricultural system. The Nationals’ system was at the bottom of the MLB Pipeline standings a year ago, but it’s much improved now after the club reorganized at last summer’s trade deadline. It may take more, however, to support a full rebuild. Continued “

Things are brewing in the Phillies system, but a lot of that talent is away from Philadelphia. The lower tiers are full of international signs, which make up more than a third of the team’s Top 30. More “

The Brewers love to recruit varsity outfielders, so their system is strong at that position. The top of Milwaukee’s roster is also deep in Major League-ready left-handed throwing. Continued “

The big power is the draw at the top of the Cardinals list with Jordan Walker and Nolan Gorman, and Matthew Liberatore is a highly touted southpaw acquired for Randy Arozarena. The rest of the St. Louis system is filled with almost Major League-ready guys and rising young prospects with high ceilings. Continued “

With most of the core of their 2016 title gone, the Cubs spent more than a year redoing their big league roster and farming system through trades. Seven of their top 30 prospects are the result of these deals, with seven of their top eight prospects having joined the organization in the past 16 months. Continued “

Good things are brewing on the farm for Pittsburgh, whose system boasts both elite-level talent and considerable depth. The Pirates have six prospects in the Top 100 and three players in the top 26, including 2021 first overall pick Henry Davis. Continued “

The Reds are reorganizing after two consecutive winning seasons. This season is set to feature the long-awaited debut of top prospect Hunter Greene, contributions from southpaw Nick Lodolo and possibly Brandon Williamson, who was acquired from the Mariners for Jesse Winker and Eugenio Suárez this spring. Continued “

The D-backs system continues to improve despite recent struggles at the big league level, as evidenced by three Top 100 prospects and excellent depth. Anxious Arizona fans won’t have to wait very long to see the next wave of talent hit the desert. Continued ”

Sporting a seemingly endless supply of young talent, the Dodgers continue to marry victory and development better than any major league organization. Their roster is full of former Top 100 prospects, they’ve used others to land blockbuster deals, and they still have one of the best systems in the sport. It’s also a head-turning band, fronted by five Top 100 guys.

The Padres know how to restock quickly. Their farm isn’t as elite as it once was, but San Diego has been able to retain many of its top prospects while becoming serious contenders at the big league level. The system still sports four Top 100 hopefuls. Continued »

2020 first-round pick Zac Veen highlights Colorado’s heavier system, which is full of international talent at the lower levels. The Rockies also have several top-10 players on track for their 2022 debut and fast-rising backstop Drew Romo, another first-rounder of 2020. Continued »

Expert: Reported decline in Haitian immigrant population likely a result of census scare


NEW YORK — After a decade of decline in the number of Haitian-born immigrants, the city saw an influx of refugees from the country in 2021, according to an annual report from the Mayor’s Office of Immigration Affairs (MOIA). However, according to an expert, the reported decline may reflect a lack of Haitian participation in the census used in the city’s report.

Between 2010 and 2020, the number of residents born in Haiti decreased by 17% to 78,250 people according to the MOIA 2021 reportciting data from the 2020 American Community Survey. Haitians are the ninth largest foreign-born population in the city, according to the report, and Haitian Creole is the fifth most spoken language among people born in the stranger.

Georges Fouron, professor of social sciences at SUNY stony streamsaid the reported decline in Haitian immigrants may reflect a lack of census participation due to fear rather than actual numbers.

To see the full story, please subscribe to The Haitian Times. You can choose a $60 annual pass or a $5 weekly pass.

When you join The Haitian Times family, you get unlimited digital access to high-quality journalism about Haiti and Haitians that you won’t get anywhere else. We have been in this business for 20 years and are proud to represent you, our diaspora experience and a holistic approach view of haiti that the mainstream media don’t show you.

Join now or renew to get:
— Instant access to unique stories and special reports
— Local news from our communities (especially New York and Florida)
— Profiles of Haitians at the top of their field
— Downloadable lists and resources on Haitian culture
— Membership merchandise, benefits and special invitations

New subscribers also receive a special welcome gift handmade in Haiti by expert artisans! Do it for the culture and support black-owned businesses.

If you see this message but are already subscribed, you can log in for immediate access to this story.

Census shows more Americans leaving big cities


People take advantage of the warmer than usual day to enjoy the lakefront in Chicago, Illinois on March 16, 2022. [Photo/Agencies]

Many Americans left the nation’s largest cities during the pandemic to live in southern suburbs, according to the U.S. Census.

New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Chicago all experienced significant population losses in the first year of the pandemic, the US Census Bureau reported March 24.

The New York metropolitan area, which has seen an exodus of 385,455 people from 2020 to 2021, tops the list of major cities with the largest population declines. This happened despite the region gaining new residents from abroad and its number of births exceeding deaths during the same period.

The nation’s most populous city has also seen an increase in shootings and suffered high-profile crimes, including against Asian Americans. New York also had some of the strictest COVID-19 policies in place in the United States.

Phoenix, Arizona welcomed the most new residents. Its population has increased from 1.4 million in 2010 to 1.6 million in 2020, a rate of 11.2%, according to the Census Bureau. Phoenix has grown the fastest among the largest US cities, overtaking Philadelphia to officially become the fifth largest city in the United States since the last census.

The Dallas metro area’s population increased by 54,319 and Tampa, Florida added 42,089 new residents.

“The patterns we’ve seen in internal migration have changed in 2021,” Dr. Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections in the office’s population division, said in a statement.

The Los Angeles area, which lost 204,776 people, ranked second on the list. LA has also seen an increase in crime, with the county sheriff reporting a 137% increase in crime in February compared to the same month in 2021. Los Angeles has also had a controversial COVID-19 school mask policy that has been canceled on March 18.

It is closely followed by San Francisco, which was affected by an internal migration loss of 128,870 people, and Chicago, which lost 106,897 inhabitants.

Additionally, other metropolitan areas, such as the San Jose, CA, Boston, Miami, and Washington DC areas, also lost tens of thousands of residents.

As people leave the expensive and densely populated metropolitan centers, increasing numbers are also migrating to the suburbs or smaller towns, which offer a lower cost of living and a change in lifestyle.

“Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population,” Hartley says.

These changes resulted in an increase in population in 1,822 counties, or 58% of the total US counties; 41.8%, or 1,313 counties, experienced a decline in population; eight counties, or 0.3%, saw no change in their population, the Census Bureau reported.

Texas is home to five of the top 10 counties that grew in population in 2021, which together gained 145,663 people.

Moreover, the latest census indicated that growth in micro-regions is accelerating. This is different from the past where metropolitan areas generally grow at a faster rate than their micropolitan counterparts. Micropolitan areas are defined as urban centers with a population of at least 10,000 but less than 50,000 people.

Sixty-five percent, or 251 of metropolitan areas experienced an increase in population between 2020 and 2021; 52.9% or 287 out of 543 micro-zones reported gains. Kalispell, Montana, Jefferson, Georgia, and Bozeman, Montana were the top three micro-regions that saw the largest population increases.

Demographer William Frey told The Associated Press he believed the shift in demographic trends was temporary. It comes as many people move during the pandemic when remote work becomes an option, he said.

“There’s clearly a scatter, but I think it’s a blow,” said Frey, senior fellow at the Brookings Institution’s metropolitan policy program, Brookings Metro.

“We’ve been at one of the lowest levels of immigration for a long, long time, and it’s affecting major metros like New York, Los Angeles and Chicago. It’s going to come back. With the natural decrease, we’ll go back to normal” , Frey told the AP.

The data released Thursday covered 3,143 counties, 384 of the nation’s metropolitan statistical areas and 543 micropolitan statistical areas.

Austin home value growth tops national rankings


AUSTIN (KXAN) — It’s no secret that home prices have skyrocketed across the country since the start of the coronavirus pandemic, with SmartAsset findings pointing to an average growth of 17% nothing only in 2021.

And here in Austin, those prices continue to climb through 2022. The Austin Business Journal reported the city’s median home price at just under $500,000 in February, nearly double the median price in the city. January 2016 sticker, listed at just under $255,000.

Financial technology company SmartAsset conducted an analysis of 400 metropolitan areas and housing markets to determine which regions are best for home value growth and stability. According to his findings, Austin has led the way in rising home values, with home costs in the Austin-Round Rock metropolitan area having climbed 368% since 1997.

And Austin isn’t the only one to represent the Lone Star State on national rosters. Texas cities accounted for 50% of major metropolitan markets, with 10 metropolitan areas represented in SmartAsset’s Top 20. Homebuying expert Liz Hutz attributed the trend to increased economic growth and job creation in Texas, with cities in Texas and Colorado leading the way. path for boomtown developments according to SmartAsset findings.

In related “boomtown” trends, a March report from the Austin Chamber of Commerce found that the city had recovered all of its pandemic-related job losses by May 2021. There are currently more than 58,000 jobs in Austin compared to February 2020 numbers.

To read SmartAsset’s full report, click here.

China delays employee retirements as population ages and treasury dries up


The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is delaying the retirement age of its government employees as the draconian one-child policy bears its long-term effects in the form of an aging population accompanied by increased spending of the state for social security pensions, according to a report. Friday. Starting March 1, the Communist Party of China (CCP) began to implement the Deferred Retirement Policy to address the problem of insufficient secular social security pension funds, Inside Over reported.

The move follows the “14th Five-Year Plan for the National Development of Aging and Elderly Care Service System” released last year by the Communist Party of China’s State Council on Dec. 30. “The only reason is that there is no money now,” said Feng Chongyi, a professor at Sydney University of Technology and China expert in an interview with The Epoch Times, adding that “local governments are in short supply and this hole cannot be filled”.

The policy had been in the works for a long time since 2013 but was delayed due to strong resentment among the working population, according to Chinese digital platform Tencent.com. Feng also pointed out that the CCP’s cruel family planning has destroyed natural population law, which has not only caused the imbalance of male and female population in China, but also greatly affected the labor supply. implemented and transformed China into an aging society, according to the report. noted.

An additional problem for the CCP is that the new measure is expected to leave tens of millions of graduates each year with nowhere to go, as the old cannot retire and the young have nowhere to go. “The delayed retirement policy reflects the fact that social expenditures related to retirement and old age have become a heavy burden on the central government’s financial expenditure, so it is delaying retirement to minimize this, its wage pressure,” said Wu Jialong, a Taiwanese economist.

He added that postponing the retreat is the Communist Party of China Central Committee’s last resort to deal with financial pressures, also warning that civil unrest will ensue in the future due to financial pressures. (ANI)

(This story has not been edited by the Devdiscourse team and is auto-generated from a syndicated feed.)

Start of the youth homelessness census | WDVM25 and DCW50


FREDERICK, Md. (WDVM) – Across Maryland, thousands of youth and young adults live alone or are homeless. The Youth Homelessness Census is one of many resources working to address this persistent problem.

The Homeless Youth Census is a statewide initiative that identifies students ages 14-24 who are homeless without a parent or guardian.

The initiative then assists these children with multiple resources to help them get off the streets.

“This is the first year that all 24 jurisdictions will be participating, so it’s really an initiative to document the number of students and young adults who experience homelessness, but also to better understand how to connect with them and support them. while being homeless,” said SHIP executive director Maureen Walker.

Through the Student Homelessness Initiative Partnership better known as SHIP, children identified as homeless receive food and supplies as well as a housing program.

“Young people experiencing homelessness look different from adults. So they try to better understand the unique characteristics and be able to identify them, and then find the community services that are right for them,” Walker explained.

Nathan Williamson was homeless at the start of his sophomore year of high school. Williamson knows firsthand how difficult homelessness can be for a child. He says that without the ship and their resources, he wouldn’t be where he is today.

“I’m super grateful, especially now that I’m part of the host program here,” Williamson said. “I am grateful to them for being able to integrate me into the host family that I have, who have been so supportive and allowed me to do what I needed to start my life. and my things.”

The Youth Homelessness Count was able to help 74 children in Frederick County.

Mental health tops list of concerns for students at Montgomery Co.


“There is no doubt that the Magruder shooting changed us,” Himanshu Gediya, a Magruder high school student, told board members at Thursday’s meeting. “This entire school year has changed us.

Students in Montgomery County schools have made it clear to the school board that they want easily accessible mental health services, which they say is sorely lacking.

“There’s no doubt that the Magruder shooting changed us,” Himanshu Gediya, a Magruder High School alumnus, told council members at Thursday’s meeting. “This entire school year has changed us.

Himanshu was referring to the January shooting in a school bathroom that seriously injured a student. This incident and a number of episodes of violence in schools across the county this school year have fueled new discussions about the role of police in schools.

But at Thursday’s board meeting, students focused on the need for better counseling services over a police presence in schools.

Another Magruder senior, Grace Simonson, reiterated that ease of access to mental health services at school remains difficult: “If students don’t feel the real benefit of your work, then what’s the point- he ?”

Elena Davisson, a Magruder junior, said the counseling and mental health services provided after the January shooting were temporary and students were expected to return to normal routines soon.

“Instead of listening to the Magruder students, I guess we all collectively decided to only listen to the moms on Facebook or Twitter complaining about (school resource officers) being pulled from schools,” he said. she said, referring to the public safety shutdown. program that had posted ORS in schools.

Currently, police officers are assigned to school groups as CEOs or community engagement officers, but are not stationed inside school buildings.

After the Magruder High School shooting, Montgomery County Public Schools Superintendent Monifa McKnight said the role of police in and around school buildings would be reconsidered, with CEOs given access to school workstations.

“I think it’s appropriate to support schools in their efforts to be safe and secure,” Montgomery County Council Chairman Gabe Albornoz told reporters on Monday.

Students who spoke at Thursday’s meeting reiterated their preference for the focus on mental health support.

“Is adding ORS going to fix problems after they’ve already happened,” asked Baba Cisse, a junior at Albert Einstein High School. “An officer would not be my first choice,” to talk about mental health issues, he added.

“You heard screams in Blair and Northwest. You heard Magruder’s voices screaming. You heard the voices from across the county screaming. So I ask you, will you stand up and hear the cries for help,” Cissé said in closing, drawing applause.

Board member Shebra Evans spoke directly to the students when responding to the testimony.

“I just need you to know that we care, we hear you, we listen to you,” she said.

A former council chairman, Evans told students that better mental health support has been a budget priority in recent years. But, she added, “I’m just going to be honest. We never do enough. »

The school system plans to hire up to 50 school psychologists and counselors and has offered positions to 15 recent applicants.

But board member Lynn Harris echoed some of the frustrations expressed by students when she noted that similar concerns had been brought to the board several times during the school year.

“They tell us what they need,” Harris said of student feedback, adding that the same concerns brought before the board again indicate “this is a pervasive problem that we don’t know about.” ‘have not yet resolved’.

We finally know how many people left Boston during the pandemic


In new census data, Suffolk County has seen one of the largest population declines nationwide.

Congress Street during the morning rush hour at the start of the pandemic. (Photo by David L. Ryan/The Boston Globe via Getty Images)

You wouldn’t know by looking at all the signs found elsewhere, like, say, skyrocketing rents and real estate prices in Boston, and intensifying woes for apartment hunters. But according to a new round of census data, many people really, really decamped from the city and its surrounding communities between July 2020 and July 2021.

Suffolk County, which includes Boston, Chelsea, Revere and Winthrop, saw a notable population reduction in those years of 3.3%, or 28,850 people. This figure means that we have had the seventh highest rate of population decline in the United States. Other areas have seen much larger declines, including New York County, where the population fell 6.9%, and San Francisco, where it fell 6.7%.

Overall, cities saw their numbers decline, partly because the birth rate was lower than the death rate, and partly because many people at this point in history were looking for housing outside the centers urban, driven by quality of life. changes brought about by the pandemic, or tempted by the possibility of working from home in greener and more spacious pastures.

That said, the report only covers population patterns for a while, ending as the vaccine summer was just beginning here, and the situation on the ground has clearly changed a lot in the months since. You will recall that Boston, in the deepest COVID slump, actually saw rents go down, an unfathomable outcome in all scenarios beyond a global pandemic. That is, until they don’t. Here, in 2022, high rents and cutthroat competition for housing are back with a vengeance.

Let’s also not forget that previous census data showed that between 2010 and 2020 Boston’s population grew by 58,000, and trend lines before the dreaded coronavirus showed people were pouring in for cities, no a way from their.

So what are we to make of Suffolk County’s outstanding performance when it comes to people heading out in this particularly difficult year? Maybe that tells us that all the talk about cities like ours emptying out in the wake of COVID has, for a brief moment, lived up to all the hype. But those skyrocketing rental prices certainly suggest that as colleges put the days of Zoom behind them and our restaurants and cultural centers reopened, Boston’s desirability as a place to live has quickly returned to average.

Pierre Poilievre is right to make housing an issue


Pierre Poilievre, the favored candidate for the leadership of the Conservative Party of Canada, is wrong about a lot of things. He is so constantly and noisily deceiving himself, in fact, that deceiving himself aggressively has become his stock in trade. But one thing he is right about is the dismal state of the housing market in Canada and the negative impact it is having on young people, new Canadians and anyone who does not already own property. real estate.

It’s no secret that house prices in Toronto and Vancouver have reached utterly absurd levels, and they certainly helped push the national average to a record high of $816,720 in February. That’s a 20% increase over the previous year, and finding a single-family home under $1 million in these markets has become as difficult as qualifying for the national Olympic team. But the MLS home price index, which attempts to create a national average that isn’t unduly influenced by markets like Vancouver and Toronto, is rising even faster. That’s a record 29.2% from February 2021, and it’s up 3.5% in the past month alone – yet another record high.

It’s not, as Poilievre has repeatedly said. suggested, entirely due to “money printing” by the federal government (the federal government, on the one hand, does not actually control the decisions made by the Bank of Canada). Local zoning decisions, the toxic influence of NIMBYism, and provincial housing policies have all contributed to this stew of unaffordability. From Vancouver Island to Prince Edward Island, soaring house prices are becoming an inescapable issue for elected officials who have been desperately trying to avoid it for years.

It’s not a partisan thing either. Whether it’s Doug Ford in Ontario, John Horgan in British Columbia, or Justin Trudeau in Ottawa, leaders of every stripe imaginable have not taken this as seriously as it demands, and even fewer address entrenched interests that stand in the way of meaningful progress. .

If Poilievre wants to make this a key issue of his campaign, and perhaps of his future leadership, then it’s up to the Liberal government to take the lead. Trudeau’s pact with Jagmeet Singh buys him time here, and it includes two agenda items specifically aimed at housing and affordability. Commitments to extend the Rapid Housing Initiative, which was a pandemic-era plan to create more affordable housing, and to top up the Canada Housing Benefit are good. But it is the suggestion that they will “tackle the financialization of the housing market” that will be the real litmus test.

Their deal didn’t specify how they planned to make said tackle, but Trudeau and Singh won’t have to look far for ideas. Generation Squeeze, a Vancouver-based organization focused on affordability and intergenerational equity (and which received funding from Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation and its Solutions Labs program), offered four potential solutions in a report published in January.

The government, he says, should make greater investments in green, affordable, purpose-built rental and co-op housing — and leverage the resources of the Canada Infrastructure Bank to do so. It should take low-density housing and use it to create a pool of permanently affordable rental units, along with a so-called “perpetual affordable housing bond” that could fund the expansion of that pool. And in a suggestion that should be music to Poilievre’s ears, Generation Squeeze thinks the government should order Statistics Canada to report annually on the relationship between monetary policy and house prices.

But it’s the band’s fourth suggestion that deservedly got the most attention – and generated much of the pushback. Generation Squeeze proposes the creation of a small surcharge (starting at 0.2% and increasing to 1%) on homes valued over $1 million. It’s nothing like the huge untaxed capital gains that many older homeowners have accrued, and it would only start out as $200 for a $1 million home. The proposal even suggests that this modest tax could be deferred by owners.

As Generation Squeeze put it in its report, “It’s time to ask the 10% who own the most valuable real estate in Canada to tolerate a small price tag on housing inequity to demonstrate their allegiance to the dream Canadian that a good home should be within reach of what hard work can earn, whether in rental or co-op accommodation, or as landlords.

However, some of the responses the group received weren’t exactly reasonable.

STEPUP, a Vancouver-based anti-tax group that calls itself “the leading voice of current and future homeowners in British Columbia and across Canada,” described Generation Squeeze leader Paul Kershaw as an “academic of radical left of UBC”. He suggested, “Those of you familiar with the work of Karl Marx will also recognize the communist undertones in Kershaw’s proposal.”

Opinion: For all his bluster and bravado, Pierre Poilievre is good at harnessing anger and putting it to work on his behalf, writes columnist @maxfawcett. #Canada #HousePrice

Better yet, STEPUP described Vancouver homeowners — many of whom have seen their homes double or triple in value without any real work or effort on their part — as “under siege.”

It might be funny if it weren’t for the real impact this attitude has on the lives of so many young Canadians. And while conservatives have traditionally struggled to break through among voters under 50, this question could be the key to finally unlocking that door for them.

For all his bluster and bravado, Poilievre is good at harnessing anger and putting it to work on his behalf. And make no mistake: young Canadians are increasingly angry at the unfairness and unfairness that is entrenched in our housing market.

If the Liberals are to avoid losing the next election in 2025, they really need to do something to quell this anger before it consumes them.

Collin, Denton among US counties with fastest population growth in 2021, census data shows


Collin and Denton counties were among the top 10 counties in the United States in terms of population growth last year, according to data from the US Census Bureau.

Five of last year’s top 10 winning counties – Collin at No. 2, Fort Bend (No. 4), Williamson (No. 5), Denton (No. 6) and Montgomery (No. 8) – were in Texas. Those five counties grew by nearly 150,000 residents combined, the bureau reported.

Nationwide, 65.6% of counties experienced population growth due to in-migration. At the same time, 73% of counties experienced population decline due to natural causes, meaning that the number of deaths in a given county exceeded the number of births.

Harris County and Dallas County remained the third and ninth largest counties in the nation with populations of 4.7 million and 2.6 million, respectively. Dallas County lost just under 25,000 residents last year, while Harris County lost about 4,500.

The trend of natural population decline has been fueled by increased mortality – largely due to the COVID-19 pandemic – as well as an aging population and declining births.

A new development is under construction in Frisco. Among the nation’s metropolitan areas, Dallas-Fort Worth was the leader in population growth, adding 97,290 residents. (Rebecca Slezak / Staff Photographer)

“You have more older Americans and birth rates are low, so you don’t have a lot of children being born,” said Kenneth Johnson, senior demographer at the University of New Hampshire. “And then comes COVID, and it hits older people the most, often in rural areas without access to good health care.

“It’s like a perfect storm, if you will, that produced this natural decrease,” Johnson said.

The country’s biggest population declines have occurred in New England and some of the largest metropolitan areas, according to census data. Los Angeles County lost nearly 185,000 residents last year, while New York County shrank by about 117,000. The population of California’s Bay Area, which includes San Francisco, Oakland and Berkeley, fell by more than 116,000, and Cook County (Chicago) lost about 102,000 residents.

Among metropolitan areas, Dallas-Fort Worth led the nation in population growth, adding 97,290 residents. Three other Texas metropolitan areas were also among the nation’s 10 largest: Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land at No. 3, with a jump of about 69,000; Austin-Round Rock-Georgetown at No. 4 (53,000); and San Antonio-New Braunfels at No. 8 (35,000).

Tanya O’Neil, team leader for Estancia Group, which is brokered by Fathom Realty and works in Collin and Denton counties, described Denton County’s population surge as explosive. Collin County’s growth, however, she called a “rocky past,” noting that homes there are well above asking price.

“It’s like there’s this legend of Collin County like this lost city of gold that’s taken hold of everyone,” she said.

O’Neil said many of her customers are drawn to Plano because of the city’s schools, though she suggests looking to lower-demand markets like Aubrey and Wylie. She noted that many came from states like California and Oregon, where strict health measures during the pandemic kept many children in virtual school.

Framing of a new home is shown in Frisco.  Tanya O'Neil, a real estate agent who works in the growth...
Framing of a new home is shown in Frisco. Tanya O’Neil, a real estate agent who works in growing Collin and Denton counties, noted that many clients are West Coast transplants looking for a lifestyle change and better rapport. value for money when buying a house.(Rebecca Slezak / Staff Photographer)

Some customers are looking to not only get more bang for their buck, but also to embrace a different lifestyle, O’Neil said.

“California people are my happiest customers because of what they can get for their money here versus there,” she said. “People in California feel like they have mansions here.”

Dr. Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections in the Census Bureau’s Population Division, said patterns of internal migration have changed in 2021.

“Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population,” Hartley says.

But the explosive growth of Texas, North Texas in particular, is not without challenges. Last year, the cornerstone of a $490 million lake project in Fannin County was laid to help North Texas become one of the fastest growing regions in the country.

But officials say even that lake might not be enough to keep up with the new residents.

The Associated Press contributed to this report.

Seattle Mariners farm system top ranks second in baseball based on top 100 prospect lists


We had to wait for the lockdown to end, but MLB Pipeline finally published the last of the major Top 100 Prospects lists. This completes the set with lists of Baseball America, baseball flyers, Fangraphs, Live Insightsas well as Kiley McDaniel for ESPNand Keith Law for athletics.

Many of these lists have been written here, but with seven lists we can do more. Much like creating an average of polls during election season, we can get the wisdom of the crowds and reduce bias. In the context of leads, this balances listmakers who favor proximity to majors versus those who favor upside; those who are better at spotting pitchers vs. those who are better at spotting hitters; and those who are rigorous against those whose methodology is more… mercurial [cough, Keith Law, cough].

Photo by Sam Wasson/Getty Images

The process is simple. For each time a player appears on a roster, give that player an inverse number of points. Thus, ranking first earns a player 100 points and ranking 100th earns a player one point. (Some rosters rank over 100 prospects, but using data for those players makes things less reliable than picking a boundary where all rosters end.)

Then rank players by the total number of points they received, from Adley Rutschman with his 698 out of a possible 700 points to Mets outfielder Alex Ramirez in 161st based on his single point to be ranked 100th top prospect. on just one single list.

For example, Nationals catcher Keibert Ruiz is ranked 11th in Baseball America, for which he scores 90 points. Being 39th on Baseball Prospectus gets him 62 points, Kiley McDaniel ranking him 27th adds 74 points, 29th on Prospects Live gets 72 points and being unranked by Fangraphs, Kieth Law and MLB Pipeline scores zero. That’s a total of 298 points, which puts him 49th overall, despite not being ranked by three outlets. This is the point of considering the lists together.

Seattle Sailors Photo Day

Photo by Sam Wasson/Getty Images

By that metric, the Mariners land five prospects in the top 100.

Want to guess who Mariner’s best prospect is? Yeah. Seattle’s best prospect since A-Rod is No. 3 with 680 points. The top three of Adley Rutschman, Bobby Witt, Jr. and Julio Rodriguez rebounded during the roster season, with cases facts for one of them ranked first. But over the course of seven lists, there is real distance between them, from Adley’s 698 points to Witt’s 694 and Julio’s 680.

This suggests that while the expert class may see the differences between the three as slight, there is actually a clearer order than the commentary might lead you to believe. Much of the distance between Julio and Witt is due to Keith Law ranking Julio 9th, but even without that Julio would clearly be third. Still, with the show he put on during spring training, he might make reviewers regret the lack of respect.

Noelvi Marte is second among the Mariners, 12th overall, with 613 points. It might just be me, but I feel like Noelvi has been buried under Julio’s titanic imprint this season. But imagine if we didn’t have Julio in the system. We would be so thrilled to have a shortstop prospect who put up a .373 wOBA on the A ball as a 19-year-old. Don’t let Julio’s supernova blind you to Noelvi’s potential greatness.

The third (!) prospect in the Mariners’ top-25 system is George Kirby, ranked 21st with 519 points, making him the fourth-highest ranked pitcher. From there, it’s a pretty substantial drop for Kirby’s counterpart in the battle for fifth rotational spot, with Matt Brash’s 115 points putting him at number 85. Not bad for a prospect who doesn’t. was not on a single list at this time last year that the Sailors got in exchange for a reliever that the team picked up waivers that just came from settled for minor league deal.

Rounding out the list is 2021 top pick Harry Ford. Ford, a prep pick from Georgia, ranked No. 49 on Keith Law’s list, with Law calling him “a more runner with elite batting speed, and… more raw power with the projection to reach 70 or more”. He was also one of the Fangraphs choose to clickamong those they consider most likely to feature in their next Top 100 list.

And despite ranking outside the aggregate top 100, Emerson Hancock ranked 118th on the list with 36 points. Given his ongoing health issues, however, this could be his peak for a while.

The centerpiece of the Winker/Suarez comeback, Brandon Williamson, lands in 95th, just below Harry Ford, although he does it now for Cincinnati.

But what’s really great about this approach is that you can add up all the points earned by prospects from each organization. This is, in my opinion, the best way to assess the top of an organization’s farming system. It’s more holistic than simply counting the number of prospects that come onto a given list, like this image that MLB Pipeline keeps trotting:

According to this methodology, a team like the Reds, with six prospects in the top 100, is punished for the absence of a genuine elite prospect. And it similarly punishes a team for having the biggest names but fewer likely role players, like the Royals with Witt at the top, but not much below. Here’s how the organization’s ranking plummets:

Top 100 Aggregated Prospects

Rank Team Points Top 100 Leads on any top 100 list
Rank Team Points Top 100 Leads on any top 100 list
1 Orioles 2225 6 8
2 sailors 2029 5 6
3 pirate 1865 6 6
4 Diamondbacks 1681 4 8
5 marlins 1655 5 8
6 tigers 1654 3 4
7 Rays 1613 6 7
8 Red Sox 1589 3 6
9 Rangers 1504 4 8
ten padres 1491 4 4
11 Royals 1484 3 4
12 giants 1444 4 6
13 Dishes 1442 4 6
14 Cardinals 1438 4 4
15 Dodgers 1348 5 7
16 Yankees 1295 3 8
17 Guardians 1246 4 8
18 Reds 1224 6 7
19 blue jays 1181 4 5
20 Nationals 1036 3 4
21 Athletics 877 3 5
22 Twins 784 3 7
23 Cubs 709 1 5
24 Phillies 596 2 4
25 rockies 500 1 2
26 angels 488 1 2
27 brave 326 1 4
28 Brewers 323 1 5
29 Astros 300 1 3
30 White socks 0 0 0

By that metric, as you can see, the Mariners sit solidly second, with a huge gap to the third-placed Pirates.

The other good news here is how bad the rest of the division looks by this metric. The Rangers sit 9th, but with all the daylight of George Kirby between Seattle’s 2,029 points and their 1,504. Other than them, the AL West appear to be in bad shape going forward. Even after trading Matt Olson, Matt Chapman and Chris Bassitt, the A’s are still in the final third, with the Angels and penultimate Astros backed only by the truly sterile White Sox.

It’s encouraging that Seattle’s system looks so good even after getting Jarred Kelenic, Logan Gilbert and Cal Raleigh last year. But at some point, having elite prospects is going to have to turn into winning. Here’s hoping 2022 is the year that happens.

Deaths in Alabama outnumber births since 2020 census


Deaths have exceeded births in 73% of U.S. counties — including all but seven in Alabama — since the 2020 census, according to new data released Thursday by the Census Bureau.

The dramatic numbers underscore long-term trends towards fewer births, as well as the short-term impact of COVID-19, experts say.

Statewide in Alabama, deaths exceeded births by more than 11,000 between the April 1, 2020 census date and July 1 of last year.

“Certainly we know some of this is COVID-related,” said Deputy State Health Officer Dr. Karen Landers.

Landers noted that more than 9,000 Alabama residents have died from the disease since the pandemic began. Preliminary figures from the Alabama Department of Public Health indicate that 68,626 people died from all causes in 2021, up from 64,799 the previous year. Landers said that exceeded births both years and an average of about 58,000.

“So again, more deaths than births,” she told FOX10 News. “And we think COVID certainly had an impact on that.”

Demographers have noted for decades that American women are having fewer babies, and Landers agreed that was a factor as well.

“We know that overall birth rates are down in the country,” she said.

But Landers added that pandemic-related deaths have accelerated the so-called natural population decline.

“You know, the message I would get from looking at this data is that we really don’t need to lose more Alabamians to COVID,” she said.

Natural population decline has hit every county in southwestern Alabama. Despite this, thanks to people moving in, Baldwin County has seen the largest numerical population gain of any county in the state. Between the date of the 2020 census and July 1 of last year, Baldwin recorded a net gain of 7,527 residents, bringing the total to 239,294. This edged out the net gain of 7,058 for the county of Madison.

By percentage, Baldwin’s 3.2% growth rate trailed only Limestone County’s 3.8% rate.

All other counties in the Mobile area saw a net decline in population. Mobile County’s drop of 1,736 was followed only by Jefferson County, which saw a net loss of 6,901.

Nationally, there has been a trend of people moving out of high-population counties into medium and smaller counties, according to Christine Hartley, deputy division chief for estimates and projections at the Division of Census Bureau population. This has led to an overall population increase in the majority of counties, according to the data.

“The patterns we’ve seen in inland migration have changed in 2021,” Hartley said in a press release. “Even though over time we have seen a higher number of counties with a natural decrease and net international migration continuing to decline, over the past year the contribution of internal migration has counteracted these trends, from so there were actually more counties growing than losing population.”

COVID-19 DATA SUMMARY – March 23, 2022


PREVIEW – 573 new cases | 20 deaths* | 37 hospitalizations | Statewide Alert Level: High | 59.5% of Alaskans 5 years and older vaccinated

To check variant data for Alaska, please visit the Alaska Coronavirus Variant Dashboard at akvariants.github.io.

TAKE ACTION Choosing to get vaccinated is the most important step you can take to protect yourself and your community and to keep our economy strong. Learn more about vaccines at covidvax.alaska.gov and CDC recommendations for fully vaccinated people at cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/vaccines/fully-vaccinated.html. The vaccine is now available for children 5 years and older. The rates listed below reflect the percentage of Alaskans ages 5 and older reported vaccinated.

VACCINES – 64.8% of Alaskans ages 5 and older have received at least their first dose of the vaccine.

59.5% of Alaskans ages 5 and older have been fully immunized. The higher the vaccination rate, the more members of the community are protected against COVID-19. See below for the percentages of all fully immunized Alaskans ages 5 and older by region:

  • Juneau area: 79.5%
  • Yukon Delta Region: 76.3%
  • Other South-East – North region: 74.1%
  • South West Region: 69.7%
  • Other South-East region – South: 66.9%
  • Anchor region: 64.3%
  • Northwest Region: 62.4
  • Other interior region: 59.8%
  • Fairbanks North Star Ward: 51.2%
  • Kenai Peninsula region: 49.2%
  • Matanuska-Susitna area: 41.9%

CASE DHSS today announced 573 new people identified with COVID-19 in Alaska.

553 resided in: Anchorage (161), Bethel Census Area (40 out of 12 communities), Greater Wasilla Area (32), Nome (29), Juneau (26), Dillingham (24), Ketchikan (21), Eagle River (17), Fairbanks ( 17), Nome Census Area (16 of 7 communities), Greater Palmer Area (14), North Slope Borough (13), Sitka (12), Valdez (11), Kenai (10), Kusilvak Census Area (10 of 3 communities ), Soldotna (10), Kotzebue (8), Dillingham Census Area (7 of 2 communities), Bethel (6), Kodiak (6), North Pole (6), Northwest Arctic Borough (6 of 4 communities), Seward ( 6), Homer (5), Kenai Peninsula Borough-North (5 out of 2 communities), Metlakatla (5), Wrangell (5), Anchor Point (3), Chugiak (3), Houston/Big Lake area (3), Skagway (3), Utqiaġvik (3), Hooper Bay (2), Nikiski (2) and one each in the West Aleutian Census Area, Copper River Census Area, Cordova, Fritz Creek, Haines and Mat Su Borough.

Twenty non-resident cases have been identified in:

  • Fairbanks: 11 with one goal under investigation
  • Mooring: 4 with objective under study
  • Ketchikan: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Juneau: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Southeast Fairbanks Census Area: 1 with a target under consideration
  • Wasilla: 1 with a goal under investigation
  • Location Under Investigation: 1 with an objective under investigation

Five resident cases and three nonresident cases were added to the overall state total due to data verification procedures, bringing the total number of Alaska resident cases to 237,883 and the total number of non-resident cases to 7,949.

HOSPITALIZATIONS & DEATHS – There were a total of 3,733 resident hospitalizations and 1,189 death of inhabitants.

Nineteen new Alaska resident hospitalizations and 20 Alaska resident deaths were reported. New deaths from COVID-19 are reported on Wednesdays. Please see this webpage for more information on the process used to report COVID-19 deaths: dhss.alaska.gov/dph/epi/id/pages/covid-19/deathcounts.aspx.

The Alaska residents who died were:

  • 80+ year old Anchorage resident
  • 80+ year old Anchorage resident
  • Male Anchorage resident in his 60s
  • An Anchorage resident in her 60s
  • A male Anchorage resident in his 50s
  • A male resident of the Bethel Census Area in his 60s
  • A Big Lake resident in his 60s
  • A male resident of the Copper River Census Area in his 60s
  • A Fairbanks resident male in his 60s
  • A Juneau resident in her 60s
  • A Kenai resident aged 80 and older
  • A Kenai resident aged 80 and older
  • A Kenai resident in her 60s
  • A Kodiak resident in his 60s
  • A male resident of Petersburg aged 80 and over
  • A resident of the Southeast Fairbanks Census Area in her 60s
  • Wasilla resident male in his 60s
  • A Wasilla resident in her 40s
  • A Wasilla resident in her 40s
  • A male resident of the Koyukuk Census Area in the Yukon aged 80 or older

Our thoughts go out to their family and loved ones.

There are currently 37 patients diagnosed with COVID-19 who are hospitalized and six additional patients who are considered persons under investigation (PUI) for a total of 43 ongoing COVID-related hospitalizations. One of these patients is on a ventilator. The percentage of patients currently hospitalized with COVID-19 is 2.7%.

TESTOur test dashboard data is archived and still available, but test data updates are now available in a tab on the case dashboard: https://experience.arcgis.com/experience/af2efc8bffbf4cdc83c2d1a134354074 /. DHSS no longer reports the percentage of positivity or the cumulative number of tests on our dashboard. This is partly due to the increased use of rapid home antigen tests, where the results are not reported to the state. Additionally, effective immediately, some testing organizations will only be required to report positive COVID-19 test results and will not need to report negative results to the Epidemiology Section. This change will allow these organizations to focus on communicating positive results and mitigation measures instead of the time-consuming task of communicating negative results. Both of these changes make percent positivity a less meaningful metric, which is why DHSS no longer tracks this on its dashboard. If you have any questions about the data or these changes, please email [email protected]

ALERT LEVELS – The current statewide alert level – based on the number of reported cases per 100,000 people in the past 7 days – is high (red) at 193.3. For boroughs and census tracts: 22 sectors are at the high alert level (>100 cases), four sectors are at the high alert level (50-99.99), no sector is at the alert level moderate (10-49.99) and one sector is at the low alert level (0-9.99).

Find alert levels for individual boroughs and census areas using the alert level map on the Cases Dashboard at www.arcgis.com/apps/dashboards/ddd52524412b41b690b82b5618735f9e.

Cities where homes are selling the most above demand | Lifestyles


Photo credit: AlexLinck/Shutterstock

Even two years into the COVID-19 pandemic, Americans are finding that buying a home remains difficult. A growing work-from-home economy, fueled by households with new financial liquidity, has boosted domestic housing demand. Meanwhile, a housing construction industry weakened by the COVID-19 pandemic has allowed the national housing stock to shrink. Existing homes are selling faster and at record prices, with some states and metro areas hit harder than others.

The personal savings rate – a measure of income remaining after regular expenses and taxes – increased by 155% from January 2020 to January 2021 during the COVID-19 pandemic. Over the same period, more than a third of households reported an increase in time spent working from home. The combination has prompted American families to move, increasing the total demand for homes across the country.

However, labor restrictions and building material supply chain bottlenecks during the pandemic sharply reduced single-family housing starts in spring and summer 2020. Construction new homes did not return to its previous pace until later this fall; however, ongoing supply chain challenges continued to impact housing completions, reducing the national supply of homes available for sale.

The country’s available housing stock, which is measured by the number of months it would take for current inventory to sell, has fallen from a 2.6-month supply in the summer of 2021 to just 1.6 months at the start of 2022. Largely because of this, the U.S. home price index rose about 30% from January 2020 to the end of 2021.

The total amount of home purchases in the economy fluctuates seasonally, fading each fall and surging each spring as families tend to move during summer school vacations. However, the general trend reveals that when robust housing demand meets anemic housing supply, homes tend to sell faster and at a higher selling price, often above the asking price.

To illustrate, in 2019, the year before the pandemic, just over 37% of all homes listed for sale that year were sold within two weeks of listing. This proportion has increased to more than 52% in 2021. Additionally, the national sales-to-list price ratio has increased each year, surpassing 100% for the first time in 2021. Today, the average U.S. home is selling above its asking price.

US Population Health Management Growth Opportunities (2021 to 2026): By 2023, the US PHM market will see increased adoption of SaaS-based PHM capabilities from all types Payers and Suppliers – ResearchAndMarkets.com | Nation/World


DUBLIN–(BUSINESS WIRE)–March 23, 2022–

The “Growth Opportunities for Population Health Management in the United States” report has been added to ResearchAndMarkets.com’s offering.

This research service will provide an overview of the US Population Health Management (PHM) market. The study period extends from 2021 to 2026. The report will provide detailed analysis of the PHM market and applications, such as data and analytics, care management, and performance management. Discussions focus on industry challenges, drivers, and restraints, as well as revenue forecasts for each application area. The study’s revenue projections will imply an end-user level breakdown for the US market during the study period.

The primary end users of PHM IT solutions are Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs), Non-ACO Hospitals, Non-ACO Medical Practices, Payers, and Provider Payers. The study provides detailed analyzes of significant business models, regulatory outlook, cost structure and competitive landscape. We will identify and describe key growth opportunities for the overall US PHM market in the context of user relevance and calls to action.

In this market, 3 strategic imperatives are at stake.

Internal challenges:

Currently, more than 50% of all users of PHM information technology (IT) solutions in the United States fail to meet their overriding clinical, financial, and operational goals. Key reasons include low clinician engagement with technology, inability to convert patient-generated data into actionable insights, lack of support to engage patients across the continuum of care, and inability to generate insights based on analytics that can improve business performance in a business. level. Over the next 2-3 years, PHM IT solutions will become much more accessible, personalized and results-oriented. Modernized analytics and care coordination solutions will help payers manage provider performance on value-based care contracts (VBC). Providers will also leverage next-gen (next-gen) PHM solutions to gain a competitive advantage in patient experience, claims management and workforce management.

Disruptive technologies:

Agile platforms are disrupting the status quo of the PHM industry. Enterprise-grade companies are deploying software-as-a-service (SaaS)-based PHM capabilities that meet a wide variety of VBC objectives for providers (responsible care organization [ACO] design and management, payer connectivity and patient engagement) and payers (usage management, standardization of care, and network design and management). By 2023, the U.S. PHM market will see increased adoption of SaaS-based PHM capabilities by all types of payers and providers. These modular, plug-in-based features will complement various electronic medical record (EMR) workflows and pave the way for population-level cloud health consumerism.

Emerging business models:

Most companies do not effectively manage their PHM program deployments. This results in poor results, including the costly purchase of external databases; delivery of manual queries in structured query language to link disparate databases, requiring third-party PHM consultants to identify gaps in care management; and high turnaround times for reports. Top PHM companies will offer more focused capabilities that address most concerns by 2023. These companies will offer a unique PHM IT value proposition that integrates many elements of data management, care coordination, patient engagement patients and quality reports via self-service. cloud-based and cloud-based infrastructure, applications and delivery solutions.

Main topics covered:

1. Strategic imperatives

  • Why is it increasingly difficult to grow taller?
  • The 8T Strategic Imperative
  • The Impact of Top 3 Strategic Imperatives on the US Population Health Management (PHM) Market
  • Growth opportunities fuel the growth pipeline engine

2. Growth Opportunities Analysis, US Population Health Management Market

  • Scope of analysis
  • Market scope
  • US PHM Market Application Segmentation
  • Revenue Segmentation by Application Areas
  • PHM IT & Service Solutions Scalable Value Propositions
  • Comparative analysis of the strategic attractiveness of PHM segments
  • PHM – Market Maturity Indicator
  • Top competitors in the US PHM market by application area, 2021
  • Key Growth Indicators for the U.S. PHM Market
  • Growth drivers for the US PHM market
  • Growth Constraints for the U.S. PHM Market
  • Revenue forecast, US PHM market
  • Revenue forecasts per end user
  • Revenue Forecast Discussion
  • Discussion of revenue forecasts by segment
  • Competitive environment, US PHM market

3. Market Overview: Total Market

  • Industry Imperative – Role of PHM in Enabling Value-Based Payments
  • Summary of PHM Market Opportunities
  • Market Snapshot – Most End Users Are Not Satisfied
  • PHM Market Opportunity – Voice of Customers
  • PHM Capability Gap Analysis
  • PHM Capability Outlook – Discussion
  • PHM Capacity Outlook for Total Market – End User Feedback

4. Market Outlook: PHM IT Requirements

  • The 3 main areas of intervention for the deployment of the PHM
  • Key Features and Functions for PHM IT and Platform UI
  • Main IT requirements of the PHM in 2021
  • MPS IT Priorities

5. Platformer in PHM

  • 3 objectives of the platform game in PHM
  • Architecture of the PHM platform for 2026

6. Analysis of growth opportunities, ACO

  • Main growth indicators for ACOs
  • Revenue Forecast, ACO
  • Revenue Forecast Analysis, ACO

7. Analysis of growth opportunities, non-ACO hospitals

  • Main growth indicators for non-ACO hospitals
  • Revenue Forecasts, Non-ACO Hospitals
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, non-ACO hospitals

8. Analysis of growth opportunities, non-ACO medical practices

  • Main growth indicators for non-ACO medical practices
  • Revenue forecasts, non-ACO medical practices
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, non-ACO medical practices

9. Analysis of growth opportunities, payers and payer-providers

  • Key growth indicators for payers and payer-providers
  • Revenue forecasts, payers and payer-providers
  • Analysis of revenue forecasts, payers and payer-suppliers

10. Universe of growth opportunities, non-ACO medical practices

  • Growth Opportunity 1 – Healthcare consumerism as the next frontier of MPS to expand the scope of intervention
  • Growth Opportunity 2 – RPM at the community level as a key to improving the effectiveness of the MPS program
  • Growth Opportunity 3 – PHM Analytics must be prioritized to propel VBC contract ROI growth

11. Next steps

For more information about this report visit https://www.researchandmarkets.com/r/g6zjrf

See the source version on businesswire.com: https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20220323005491/en/

CONTACT: ResearchAndMarkets.com

Laura Wood, Senior Press Officer

[email protected]

For EST business hours, call 1-917-300-0470

For US/CAN call toll free 1-800-526-8630

For GMT office hours call +353-1-416-8900



SOURCE: Research and Markets

Copyright BusinessWire 2022.

PUBLISHED: 03/23/2022 06:17 AM/DISC: 03/23/2022 06:17 AM


Pirates Top 30 Prospects list 2022 pre-season


There are two basic ways to measure the strength of an agricultural system. That might be overly simplistic, but for the most part there are elite-level perspectives to look at and there’s depth to consider.

That might bring little comfort right now to the Pittsburgh Pirates faithful after being the No. 1 draft pick and finishing with more than 100 losses at the big league level in 2021. But good things are brewing on the farm.

There’s definitely elite-level talent out there, with half a dozen players on this year’s Top 100 list. The draft provided half of that group, with the final three first-round picks — Quinn Priester (2019), Nick Gonzales (2020) and, of course, that No. 1 pick in Henry Davis — all highly ranked. The Pirates have three players in the top 26 alone, with Oneil Cruz joining Gonzales and Davis.

Beyond the big names, there is talent at all levels as the Pirates hope to build a sustainable system that creates competition and continues to rise. GM Ben Cherington and Co. continues to use all avenues of talent acquisition. This year’s Top 30 continues to be heavily traded, with 13 players in total coming in via trade art. All but two have been brought in since Cherington took over.

Here’s a look at the Pirates’ top prospects:

Biggest jump/fall
Here are the players whose ranks changed the most from the 2021 pre-season roster to the 2022 pre-season roster.

Jump: Matt Fraizer, DE (2021: NR | 2022: 10)
All Fraizer did in his first full season of pro ball was put up a .306/.388/.552 slash line with 23 homers and 15 interceptions as he went from High-A to Double-A in 2021. He has more speed and a ton of raw power and could still learn to tap into his considerable tools.

To fall: Brennan Malone, RHP (2021: 8 | 2022: NR)
Acquired as part of the Starling Marte deal with D-backs, Malone offers arm strength and athleticism on the mound, but struggles to be consistent and get reps. He’s only gone 14 innings in 2021 and needs innings to work on his side tricks and command. The good news is that he’s only 21 and has time to figure it out.

Best Tools
Players are rated on a scale of 20-80 for future tools – 20-30 is well below average, 40 is below average, 50 is average, 60 is above average, and 70 at 80 is well above average. Players in parentheses have the same rank.

Hit: 65 – Nick Gonzales
Power: 60 — Henry Davis (Mason Martin)
Race: 70 – Lonnie White Jr. (Ji-Hwan Bae)
Arms: 70 — Oneil Cruz (Henry Davis, Bubba Chandler)
Defense: 60 — Jared Triolo (Travis Swaggerty, Lonnie White Jr.)
Fastball: 70 — Kyle Nicolas
Curveball: 60 — Michael Burrows (Quinn Priester)
Cursor: 55 – Roansy Contreras (Anthony Solometo, Jared Jones, Carmen Mlodzinski, Kyle Nicolas)
Change: 55 – Michael Yajure (Roansy Contreras, Carmen Mlodzinski)
Control: 55 — Michael Yajure (Anthony Solometo)

How they were built
Draft: 14 | Internationals: 3 | Trade: 13

Breakdown by ETA
2022: 14 | 2023: 7 | 2024: 6 | 2025: 3

Breakdown by position
C: 2 | 1B:1 | 2B: 5 | 3B: 1 | SS: 3 | FROM: 8 | HPR: 9 | HPL: 1

How San Antonio is using new census data to target resources


The latest version of the American Community Survey (ACS), a data product of the US Census Bureau, was released last Thursday after a four-month delay.

Used by the public and private sectors, the ACS provides detailed information on 40 different data points such as a person’s income, ancestry, language spoken at home, level of education, whether served in the military, how far they commute to work, whether they have health insurance, how they heat their homes, and whether they have access to a personal vehicle.

This information is essential for many functions in the government of the city of San Antonio.

Urban planning

Planners working for the San Antonio Planning Department depend on ACS to provide accurate information. information about the different areas of the city.

Sarah Serpas, the department’s senior planner, said the ACS served as the basis for their research into the state of neighborhoods in the city. “If you’re trying to understand the demographics of an area or its economic characteristics, like the housing there, the ACS is really the best source for that,” she said.

RELATED: Residents of SA earn less than the rest of Texas. How to compare?


The City’s Equity Office also uses ACS data to maintain its Stock Atlas, an online tool designed to inform city departments on how to address city-wide equity goals and strategies. Jonathan Malagon, Equity Manager at the San Antonio Office of Equity, described it as a simple map and ranking index that guides the city’s services and support to where they’re needed most.

“We envisioned creating a simple online tool and set of maps that can be used to inform equity approaches to budgeting, program development and advocacy strategies focusing on areas with the most high concentrations of people of color and low-income households,” Malagon said.

The Equity Atlas combines multiple ACS data points, such as race, income, education level and languages ​​spoken at home, to produce a single “score” against which to rate a neighborhood.

A screenshot of the city’s Equity Atlas dashboard.

City of San Antonio

Pandemic aid

For more than two years, the Atlas has been helping with decision-making and has been particularly useful to the city at the height of the pandemic. For example, the city Economic Development Department created a dashboard that used the Atlas’ combined equity score to guide decision-making around the distribution of small business COVID-19 recovery dollars.

$1.2 billion bond

Although it was created to ensure that the city’s decisions are informed by reliable data that could address disparities between various indicators, the city has generated interest from the general public and non-profit organizations in the use of the Atlas.

In May, voters in San Antonio will be asked to approve six bond proposals covering 183 projects for a total cost of $1.2 billion. Among them will be a $150 million funding program for affordable housing opportunities in the city that will target the most vulnerable households. The city’s guidelines for bond financing will prioritize areas with high to moderate equity scores determined by the Atlas.

Learn more about ACS

“We really hope to improve access to opportunity for San Antonio residents through the work we do,” Malagon said.

The Census Bureau collects the 40 data points included in the ACS monthly from a strategically selected sample of U.S. residents, then uses statistics to apply the results to different geographies and populations across the country.

This latest version of the ACS is the 5-year estimate, a 60-month average of survey responses adjusted to correct for errors, and a lower than normal response rate. The Census Bureau received fewer responses to the survey form than at any time in the past two decades, a reduction attributed to the pandemic.

In numbers : Find out how your neighborhood, city and county has changed over the past decade

Czech population continues to grow despite historically high death rate – Brno Daily


According to the 2021 population, housing and housing census, the Czech Republic had 10.494 million inhabitants at the beginning of 2021, increasing by 21,900 over the year. However, the number of deaths increased significantly for the second consecutive year, reaching almost 140,000 and exceeding the number of births by 28,100. Photo credit: Freepik

Czech Republic, March 22 (BD) – “At the end of the year, our population was 10.516 million, with a total annual increase of 21,900 people. However, the natural monetary balance was negative, as there were 28,100 more deaths than births, the deepest natural decline in the history of the Czech Republic since its establishment in 1918. The cause of population growth in 2021 was only a positive balance of foreign migration. , while the number of immigrants exceeded the number of emigrants by 50,000,” said Terezie Styrler, head of population statistics at the CZSO.

111,800 children were born during the year, 1,600 more than in 2020. The number of children born increased despite the decline in the number of women of childbearing age, which means an increase in fertility to 1.83 children per woman, the most since 1992. The share of children born out of wedlock remained unchanged from the previous year at 48.5%.

A total of 46,800 couples got married, up 1,400 year-on-year. However, this figure was still lower than that of 2015-2019. The fewest marriages took place in January and the most in August. Three quarters of the couples were getting married for the first time. In terms of age, the most numerous are married people aged 28-31 and married people aged 26-30. In more than a tenth of the marriages, at least one of the spouses was a foreign national.


Foreign migration recorded a positive balance of 50,000 people, up 23,000 year-on-year and the highest since 2009. 69,200 people immigrated to the Czech Republic from abroad and 19,200 people left.

https://brnodaily.com/2022/03/22/news/czech-population-continues-to-grow-mespite-historically-high-death-rate/https://brnodaily.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/baby-hands-child-sucks-fists_1112-1205.jpghttps://brnodaily.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/baby-hands-child-sucks-fists_1112-1205-150×100.jpgJuris DukaCzech Republic / WorldCzech Republic,News,PeopleAccording to the 2021 population, housing and housing census, the Czech Republic had 10.494 million inhabitants at the beginning of 2021, increasing by 21,900 over the year. However, the number of deaths increased significantly for the second consecutive year, reaching almost 140,000 and exceeding…News and events in English in Brno

North Florida real estate market shows signs of moderation, says industry expert


JACKSONVILLE, Florida. – For months, News4JAX viewers have been chiming in about skyrocketing rental costs and high prices to buy a home.

The median sale price for a home in northeast Florida during the month of February was over $351,000. That’s more than 20% higher than the price of a house in the same neighborhood a year ago.

A lack of housing inventory and increased demand continue to fuel the market, but industry experts say the North Florida market is showing signs of moderating.

RELATED: I-TEAM: Breakdown of Jacksonville Rent Increases by ZIP Code | ‘Affordability crisis’ is forcing more Jacksonville-area residents out of rental housing | I-TEAM: Don’t be the next victim of a rental scam

A d

Mark Rosener is president of the Northeast Florida Association of Realtors.

“Part of that is, you know, market per sale as well. I mean, we’ve seen about a 22% increase in median price over the last 12 months, year over year. Luckily, we see that moderating a bit,” Rosener said. “Since November, median prices have fluctuated 2 or 3% in either direction. So hopefully we’re starting to see some of these indicators moderate a bit. »

Rosener said hopefully in the near future it will become a little easier for homebuyers to find a home when more inventory hits the market in April.

But unfortunately, for families who rent, the cost of rent should not go down.

“It’s classic supply and demand,” Rosener said. “The demand is strong and the supply is limited. And the market, you know, will dictate those kinds of increases.

News4JAX has learned that rents continue to rise in Northeast Florida, in part due to a slew of multibillion-dollar outside corporations that regularly buy homes and apartment complexes, sometimes at the blind.

A d

Jacksonville’s housing market is even attracting national attention. A local couple who were recently featured on 60 Minutes said their monthly rent had risen from $1,000 to $1,300.

In January, a News4JAX employee saw her rent increase by almost $400 a month.

Industry experts say business owners have started to position themselves financially during the COVID-19 pandemic.

“They see the benefits. They’re seeing really good cash flow right now with rents where they are and have values ​​where they are. But they also see a benefit over time in terms of appreciation of that asset,” Rosener said. “So at the end of the day, that’s kind of a good thing. If investors sold off and left town, we’d be more worried about that.”

We keep hearing from viewers talking about 30-40% increases in their rent. Jacksonville is now ranked nationally along with Austin, Texas and Phoenix, Arizona, as the metropolitan areas with the highest rent, according to real estate firm Redfin.

Copyright 2022 by WJXT News4Jax – All Rights Reserved.

Confluent Health Welcomes IncreMedical Therapy Solutions, Expanding Population Health Management Services | News


LOUISVILLE, Ky., March 21, 2022 /PRNewswire-PRWeb/ — Confluent Health announced its new partnership with IncreMedical Therapy Solutions, a private post-acute care physical medicine management group that currently serves clients and patients at 41 sites across Indiana, Georgiaand Wyoming.

“For the past 20+ years, IncreMedical Therapy Solutions has evolved value-based care delivery across the post-acute continuum for hospitals, ACOs and medical practices,” says Greg Coopermanaging partner of IncreMedical.

“Helping our clients reduce costs and prevent readmissions with a focus on population health and improved patient outcomes is the hallmark of our mission.

“Our focus includes the cost-effective care management of musculoskeletal conditions involving proactive physical therapy, risk stratification, and patient engagement strategies. We view this partnership as an exceptional opportunity for IncreMedical Therapy Solutions to maintain its existing brand while gaining access to Confluent Health’s industry-leading employer health services, continuing education, and professional development opportunities such as Evidence In Motion, a nationally recognized research and education program.

“We are proud to partner with IncreMedical Therapy Solutions and have known for years about their impressive solutions that combine technology-enabled care journeys and growth,” said Confluent Health President and CEO. Larry Benz, PT, DPT, OCS, MBA, MAPP. “The entire team of Greg and Barry are preeminent clinical leaders and will add significant value as we grow together. Our partnership offers endless possibilities.”

“Joining the Confluent Health family will allow our business and people to expand our population health management services, bringing together talented clinical talent to re-engineer care pathways,” comments Barry CarlstedtPT, managing partner of IncreMedical Therapy Solutions.

“In the years to come, managing the steep growth in the number of patients with costly musculoskeletal and chronic diseases will require proven and practical partnerships, and we believe IncreMedical Therapy Solutions is perfectly aligned to answer the call. .

IncreMedical Therapy Solutions’ dedication to its patients and their care teams, combined with Confluent Health’s experience in operations and efficiency, will have a positive impact on the broader healthcare community.

To learn more about Confluent Health, visit http://www.GoConfluent.com.

Media Contact

Jennifer WilliamsConfluent Health, 919-459-3592, [email protected]

SOURCE Confluent Health

Broomfield CO Restaurant Email List Building-Customer Retargeting System Launch


The recently released video highlights a nine-step system that owners can use to leverage internet marketing to grow their restaurants. It is suitable for new and existing businesses and is part of an ongoing series of “Think Tank” videos.

For more information, please visit https://fb.watch/bGaR6I3rk-

Brian Devine hosts the new video and discusses retargeting methods and marketing solutions to reconnect with customers. It focuses on email and SMS marketing and the crucial role it plays in maintaining and growing customer relationships.

Those without marketing experience may find it difficult to connect with customers and collect their contact information. However, there are several ways restaurants can build their listing using promotions and special offers.

One of the most effective list building methods featured in the new video is using QR codes as part of a marketing campaign. These can be designed so that every time a customer scans the code, they provide their contact details.

Brian Devine says there has to be a reason for customers to sign up, and it shouldn’t just be a newsletter. However, by thinking of enticing lead magnets, it is possible to create engagement and entice more customers to sign up.

Cafe Fuel is an experienced agency that takes pride in helping restaurants and hotels thrive even in competitive markets. The team works closely with clients to ensure they can consistently generate new clients.

Their strategic marketing services are grounded in building stronger reputations, increasing reach, and designing systems that can be repeated seamlessly.

Interested persons wishing to know more about the services provided by the Colorado agency can book a non-binding quote. This is an opportunity for marketing professionals to perform a business assessment and provide advice on next steps for growth.

The latest video is part of an ongoing series focusing on actionable marketing tips and strategies for customers in the food industry.

Brian says, “Build your list! This means that whenever someone walks into your restaurant, you have a way to capture their information, so you can bring them back.

Those who wish to know more can visit https://www.facebook.com/yourcafefuel

Contact information:
Name: Brian
E-mail: Send an email
Organization: Top Line Management, Inc.
Address: Hamilton Way, Broomfield, CO 80023, USA
Phone: +1-720-989-1932
Website: http://toplinemanagement.com/

Build ID: 89071075

countex tracking


Census data scrambling raises concerns in state


A property northeast of the Springdale city limits has two ponds, two sheds and – according to the 2020 US Census – five residents.

This fictional occupation is not a mistake, said Jeff Hawkins, executive director of the Northwest Arkansas Regional Planning Commission. The Census Bureau deliberately added fake residents to some addresses and “subtracted” real residents from others in its publicly available data to protect household privacy.

“My favorite thing is that there are supposedly three people living on the grounds of the State Capitol in Little Rock,” Hawkins said of the jamming.

The bureau insists in public statements that, on average, the data is accurate. But this blurring of results is more likely to create problems the smaller a planner or researcher is or the more detail they are looking for, Hawkins said.

The situation is worse for researchers, said Mervin Jebaraj, director of the Center for Business and Economic Research at the University of Arkansas in Fayetteville. The problems will get worse, the two men said, especially as the Census Bureau plans to apply the same approach to the American Community Survey. The survey is an annual estimate that provides more detailed and up-to-date data between censuses. A complete census is carried out every 10 years.

“If you’re trying to divide a city into neighborhoods of equal population, that might not be a problem in Springdale with 22,000 people per neighborhood,” Hawkins said. “But if you do the same thing in Tontitown with 1,400 people per neighborhood, that causes problems. And some of the smaller towns can have 400 people per neighborhood.

“The smaller the area, the bigger the problem.”

Major cities will also face uncertainty, Hawkins said. For example, many federal grants are aimed at helping low- and middle-income neighborhoods, he said.

“I’ve seen these grants used for everything from fixing streets to buying a fire truck,” Hawkins said.

Census figures might incorrectly show a project would help low- and middle-income residents, but that might not be true, he said.

The scramble for privacy is already causing serious problems for economists, researchers and businesses, Jebaraj said. For example, detailed results showing where minorities live in fast-growing cities in northwest Arkansas cannot be trusted, he said.

By law, the Census Bureau must keep individual census responses confidential. The Internal Revenue Service, for example, cannot obtain a household’s census income data. But modern computerized numerical computation can sift through detailed census results and identify at least some households and their details within a census block, according to the office. If only a few residents report high or low household incomes, for example, analysis of the raw data collected can determine where they live.

A census block is the first and smallest unit in which household census responses are compiled. Most census blocks contain 250 residents or fewer, according to the bureau.

Any error in the data from the “disclosure avoidance system,” as the jamming is called, is negligible at the county level and above, the bureau’s analysis concluded, according to a Jan. 28 report.

Hawkins and Jebaraj did not dispute the county-level data average. Their contention is that county-level data is of little help to a school board trying to decide where to build an elementary school to serve a growing minority community or to a businessman deciding where to set up a store serving a specific group, such as newcomers to the region, they said.

“We rely heavily on data to make it all work,” Jebaraj said.

The Census Bureau used to exchange certain addresses between real people to ensure confidentiality. The system worked, Jebaraj said.

“Nobody ever violated it,” Jebaraj said of the privacy of US census data. “There is no case of that.”

Even if it were theoretically possible to identify individuals from census block data, he said, it would be much cheaper and faster to buy this information from private sources who collect it in the normal course of business, he said.

One of the worst effects of not having a clear picture below the county level is the inability to spot the start of a trend, Jebaraj said. For example, northwest Arkansas has recently seen South Asians come to the area, he said. A slight increase at the county level could be a very big increase for one of the smaller communities in that county, he said. Pinpointing such a trend in a way that is accurate and useful to researchers and planners would not be possible with the current quality of data, he said.

“We can go back,” Jebaraj said. The original unfiltered data on which all published data is based is still available to the office. The office, Congress or the courts could access it, he said.

Doctors from the two Punjab districts with the lowest literacy rates arrive at Mann’s practice


Two doctors from the two districts of Punjab with the lowest literacy rate – Mansa and Muktsar – have been inducted into the cabinet of Chief Minister Bhagwant Mann.

According to the 2011 census, Mansa and Muktsar had recorded a literacy rate of 62.8% and 66.8%, respectively, against the state average of 76.7%.

Mansa MLA Dr Vijay Singla and Malout MLA Dr Baljit Kaur, who is the daughter of former Faridkot MP Sadhu Singh, were sworn in as Punjab government ministers on Saturday.

During their election campaigns, both had promised to make Mansa and Muktsar vibrant neighborhoods with better educational and job opportunities. Today, their elevation as cabinet ministers has further raised people’s hopes.

A 52-year-old dentist, Dr Singla beat Congress’ Shubhdeep Singh Sidhu – a popular Punjabi singer who has millions of fans – by a margin of 63,323 votes.

Dr. Singla holds a Bachelor of Dentistry and Surgery (BDS) degree and is in private practice. The Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) wave was so strong in the state that Moosewala’s star factor did not work at all in Mansa, who chose Dr Singla over the popular singer who joined Congress in November 2021.

Also in 2017, Mansa elected an AAP MP, Nazar Singh Manshahia, but he defected to Congress in April 2019 during the Lok Sabha election campaign. However, even this factor did not work against the AAP candidate.

Dr Baljit, 46, who is currently the only woman in the state cabinet, won the assembly segment of Malout in Muktsar district, which has a female literacy rate of 60% – the second lowest after Mansa with 56.4%.

She took early retirement from a Punjab government post in November 2021 to contest her first election in which she defeated former MLA Harpreet Singh of Shiromani Akali Dal (SAD) by a margin of 40,621 votes. . Dr Baljit voiced concerns about health services and began visiting hospitals shortly after winning the election.

Bathinda left without representation

The AAP devolved power from Bathinda District, which had continuously had two ministers for the past decade, leaving it without representation in the first list of ministers.

Baljinder Kaur, who won Talwandi Sabo for the second time and Jagroop Singh Gill, who beat former finance minister Manpreet Singh Badal of Bathinda Urban by 63,581 votes, were unable to make the first list of ministers.

During the previous Congress government, the district had two ministers – Manpreet Singh Badal and Gurpreet Singh Kangar of Rampura Phul.

However, Kangar was removed from office in 2021. During SAD’s tenure from 2012 to 2017, Sikander Singh Maluka and Janmeja Singh Sekhon had served as district cabinet ministers.


    Parteek Singh Mahal is a multimedia correspondent based in Faridkot, Punjab. It covers medical education, politics and policing of Punjab.
    …See the details

Questions raised on the “internal agreement” for filling the NHDT

Topsoil and fill on the Ebanks family farm

(CNS): A number of North Side residents have accused the National Housing Development Trust Board of making ‘internal agreements’ over soil and marl taken from the site of the new district scheme after several people complained saw the fill being delivered to land owned by the chairman of the board, Geoffry Ebanks, as well as his father’s farm.

The CNS has been contacted by several residents of the area concerned that this landfill, which belongs to the Housing Trust, could have been sold or even given to the pulpit outside the usual supply process.

Two weeks ago, the CNS sent several questions to the Housing Trust, the Planning Department, which is responsible for the NHDT, and to the Minister, Jay Ebanks, who is also the MP for the constituency.

We received an acknowledgment from a government official and responded to the request for information twice, but received no explanation of the movement of soil and marl from the site, which is a well audience estimated at several thousand dollars.

Although the filling may have been sold, neither the ministry nor the NHDT answered our questions about the process by which such a transaction could have been made, despite our persistent requests.

Proof of ownership of the land with the marl and the soil (click to enlarge)

Former district deputy and former chairman of the public accounts committee, Ezzard Miller, said he did not think the chairman of the NHDT board would be a suitable person to have acquired the mandate outside of a rigorous and transparent process.

Miller told CNS he also heard from North Side residents who saw the movement of soil and marl from the site towards what was believed to be the President’s property and towards Willie’s Farm, which is owned by his dad. He himself had carried out a search of the cadastre to verify the ownership of the land and had confirmed these suspicions.

‘I have been informed that the fill has been removed from the Housing Trust site and placed on land owned by the chairman of the council and on his father’s farm,’ Miller said. “As a result, I went to verify the ownership of the land where he had ended up. The embankment is a Housing Trust asset. If it had been sold to the chairman of the board, there should have been a transparent process around which the rest of the board approved the sale and ensured it was at market value.

The site was cleared earlier this year to make way for the neighborhood’s first affordable housing project. The clearing of trees and bushes was the subject of a recent ministry press release, as the green waste had been donated to Beacon Farms, a non-profit organization in the district that provides agricultural employment to recovering Caymanians. .

According to the statement, the goal was to allow the farm to compost all green waste from the site for other farmers, owners and members of the public. But there was no mention in the release of soil and fill from the same site.

Julio Ramos, chief executive of NHDT, said the plan was for current and future owners of NHDT to have access to good quality soil for their backyard gardens from waste generated by housing development sites. But he said nothing about the premium red mold that was originally on the site but apparently removed by the chairman of the board.

Beacon Farms is one of the few agricultural sites to compost, although there is no national program, despite the chronic lack of quality soils and a significant amount of green waste available. Beacon’s composting facility has the capacity to hold approximately 53 tonnes of material and uses industrial crushing and shredding machinery to speed up the process.

“Partnering with NHDT to produce higher volumes of compost benefits agriculture and our community,” said Sandy Urquhart, Chief Operating Officer. “Our social entrepreneurship program at Beacon Farms aligns well with NHDT’s mission to support those in need.”

Reflecting demographic trends, Senate redistricting proposal shifts Kingdom representation to Chittenden County

The final Senate redistribution map voted by the Senate Redistribution Committee. Courtesy of Legislative Counsel

A seven-member Senate committee in an unannounced hearing Thursday unanimously approved a significant reconfiguration of Vermont state Senate districts.

The proposal, which would determine the distribution of Vermont’s 30 senators for the next 10 years, shifts representation from the Northeast Kingdom to Chittenden County and breaks up the current – and highly unusual – six-member district of the latter. These changes are the result of population shifts measured by the 2020 census, as well as a law passed in 2019 banning senatorial constituencies with more than three members.

In Vermont, Senate constituencies roughly follow county lines, with most being represented by one to three members at large. Each senator should represent as many as possible 21,436 voters. Committee members agreed early in the redistricting process that they would not consider moving to all-single-member ridings, as has been debated at length in the House.

As the Senate proposal garnered unanimous support from the Senate Tripartite Redistribution Committee on Thursday, politicians on both sides of the ideological spectrum outside the Statehouse expressed concern about it — and the process leading to it.

Vermont Republican Party Chairman Paul Dame said he was confident the map favored Democrats and incumbents, saying more conservative communities such as Barre and Northfield were drowned out in larger districts encompassing liberal strongholds, such as Montpellier.

“If you gave Paul Dame a magic wand and he had to draw the whole map by himself, I don’t know if I could draw a map that would guarantee you Republican victory,” Dame said. “But if you gave the Democrats all the power they have, I don’t know if they could do anything more gerrymander than the map I’m looking at right now.”

Jim Dandeneau, a former Democratic Party staffer from Vermont, had a starkly different take on the map: “Based on retirements, this map seems to be breaking up the supermajority of Democrats.” His party currently controls 21 seats, while the Republicans hold seven and the Progressives two.

If the full Senate approved the map, it would grant populous Chittenden County a seventh seat and divide it into three new districts: a three-member Chittenden-Central District comprising Burlington, Winooski and Essex Junction; a three-member Chittenden-Southeast District running from South Burlington to Charlotte in the East and Underhill and Bolton in the West; and a Chittenden-North single-member district which would include Milton, Fairfax, Westford and the town of Essex.

The project to create a Chittenden-Nord district aroused the warmest reactions from Dame and Dandeneau. Dandeneau said he thinks the new district is “solidly Republican” and could cost Democrats a seat.

Dame, who previously represented Essex Junction in the House, said: ‘Essex is getting screwed on this new map.

“What I see happening in my old home neighborhood of Essex is the closest thing to gerrymandering I think I’ve ever seen in Vermont. This is very alarming,” Dame said. “Essex is the second largest community in the state. They cut him in half and made him a junior partner in two different Senate constituencies.

Sen. Randy Brock, R-Franklin, told VTDigger that he knows “there are people who aren’t going to like this.” But he said the committee looked at several different setups in that region, and the one they landed on made the most sense.

“The way we ended up, I think, for the northern district of Chittenden works because you have towns like Milton and Fairfax, and really a lot of the city of Essex, as well as Westford, are rural towns , a lot of it is agricultural,” he said. “So that makes sense.”

Currently, three counties in the North East Kingdom are served by four senators – two representing a district that includes Essex and Orleans counties and two representing Caledonia County. The new map would split Essex and Orleans into single-member constituencies and eliminate one seat representing Caledonia. (One of that county’s two senators, Republican Joe Benning, has already announced his intention to give up his seat to run for lieutenant governor.)

Chittenden County would also retain its district of Grand Isle, which historically included Colchester and was represented for decades by Democratic Senator Dick Mazza.

The proposed map makes other adjustments across the state to keep the resident-to-senator ratio as even as possible, such as expanding Rutland District’s geographic footprint to offset population attrition.

Rutland was one of three counties in Vermont whose population declined between 2010 and 2020, according to census figures released last summer – a 1.7% drop, in Rutland’s case – but the county would retain its three seats under the plan. Essex and Caledonia counties saw even larger declines of 6.1% and 3.2%, respectively.

Chittenden County, meanwhile, rose 7.5%, while Lamoille County rose 6% and Franklin and Grand Isle counties 4.6% each.

As for accusations that the committee drafted a map favorable to one party or the other, Brock, along with Sen. Chris Pearson, P/D-Chittenden, pointed to the vote count.

“The vote speaks for itself. It was 7-0 across the board,” Pearson said. “So I think all seven of us got what we thought made sense and accepted things we didn’t like. That’s the process.

Despite the important nature of the proposal, Thursday’s meeting — let alone the vote — was not announced on the Legislative Assembly’s website, as it should be. A legislative staffer updated the agenda early Friday and informed VTDigger of the change. The meeting was streamed via the redistribution committee’s YouTube page. The map wasn’t made available to VTDigger until around 7 p.m., and it wasn’t posted for public viewing until after 8 p.m.

Dame said the entire Senate committee map-drawing process was “a black box.” He only learned that the committee had held a hearing on Thursday, let alone voted on a map, after seeing late night media coverage.

Senators cannot officially vote on the redistribution bill, H.722, until they receive it from the House. The House passed the bill with a new map of the House on Thursday. From there, the Senate Redistribution Committee will insert its map into the bill, send it to the Senate, and then return it to the House for approval before it heads to Governor Phil Scott’s office.

Did you miss the latest scoop? Sign up here to receive a weekly email with all of VTDigger’s political stories. And in case you can’t get enough of the Statehouse, sign up for the final read for a preview of the day’s news in the Legislative Assembly.

Did you know that VTDigger is a non-profit organization?

Our journalism is made possible by donations from our members. If you appreciate what we do, please contribute and help keep this vital resource accessible to everyone.

Filed under:


Tags: census, 2020 Census, Chris Pearson, Dick Mazza, H.722, Jim Dandeneau, Paul Dame, Phil Scott, Randy Brock, redistribution, senate redistribution, Vermont Legislative Assembly, Vermont Senate

Sarah Merhoff

About Sarah

Sarah Mearhoff is one of VTDigger’s political reporters, covering the Vermont State House, Executive Branch, and Congressional delegation. Prior to joining Digger, she covered state politics in Minnesota and South Dakota for Forum Communications newspapers in the Upper Midwest for three years. She has also covered politics in Mississippi, New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. Born and raised in Pennsylvania, she is a proud alumnus of Pennsylvania State University where she studied journalism.

E-mail: [email protected]

Send us your thoughts

VTDigger now accepts letters to the editor. For more information on our guidelines and access to the letter form, please click here.

Recent Stories

National Instruments, Keysight Technologies, Ametek, Teledyne, Fortive – The Saber


Inasmuch asPredict the scope of growth: Data Acquisition (DAQ) Systems Market
This report provides a detailed view of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) Systems Market detailing the size of the market, then moves on to the detailed assessment of each crucial market attribute. The market report gives a detailed study of the current market position of the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) System industry, expected future growth, technological advancements, investment opportunities, economy market and market financial information. This report makes a comprehensive analysis of the market providing insights based on SWOT analysis of the industry. The Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market report provides access to decisive data, including market growth drivers, market growth limiting factors, latest market trends, economic and financial structure of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market and Other Important Highlights. of the market.

Competition Spectrum:
National Instruments, Keysight Technologies, Ametek, Teledyne, Fortive, Yokogawa

In the report, the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market is categorized based on relevant criteria to get market analysis at a granular level. To conduct accurate market research, industry standard tools used by market professionals to uncover market opportunities, determine emerging threats and market weaknesses are given in the report. The manufacturing processes, the technology used to drive the manufacturing processes and the corresponding cost structure are provided in the report.

We have recent updates in the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) market in sample copy @ https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/request-sample/6505604?utm_source=PoojaGIR

Report Highlights:
• The report provides up-to-date market analysis covering the latest market trends and technological developments.
• The report highlights market dynamics, competitive environment to provide you with a competitive edge in the major Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market.
• The report includes a chart table, SWOT and BEP (Break-Even Analysis) to give a detailed view of the report.
• The report performs an in-depth analysis of current trends in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market and studies their impact on the future state of the market.
• The report details the technological improvements in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market its technological growth impact analysis.
• The report provides a clear understanding of the Data Acquisition System (DAQ) market competitive landscape and major segments driving market growth.

The market is roughly divided into:

• Analysis by product type:
Hardware, Software

• Analysis of applications:
Research and analysis, quality control, design validation, repair

• Segmentation by region with details on country-specific developments
North America (United States, Canada, Mexico)
Europe (UK, France, Germany, Spain, Italy, Central and Eastern Europe, CIS)
Asia Pacific (China, Japan, South Korea, ASEAN, India, Rest of Asia Pacific)
Latin America (Brazil, Rest of LA)
Middle East and Africa (Turkey, GCC, Rest of Middle East)

Chapter One: Presentation of the Report
1.1 Scope of the study
1.2 Key Market Segments
1.3 Players Covered: Ranking by Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue
1.4 Market Analysis by Type
1.4.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Size Growth Rate by Type: 2020 VS 2028
1.5 Market by Application
1.5.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Share by Application: 2020 VS 2028
1.6 Objectives of the study
1.7 years considered

Chapter Two: Growth Trends by Regions
2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Outlook (2015-2028)
2.2 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Growth Trends by Regions
2.2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Size by Region: 2015 VS 2020 VS 2028
2.2.2 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Historic Market Share by Regions (2015-2020)
2.2.3 Forecasted Market Size of Data Acquisition (DAQ) System by Regions (2021-2028)
2.3 Industry Trends and Growth Strategy
2.3.1 Key Market Trends
2.3.2 Market Drivers
2.3.3 Market challenges
2.3.4 Porter’s Five Forces Analysis
2.3.5 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Growth Strategy
2.3.6 Key Interviews with Key Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Players (Opinion Leaders)

Chapter Three: Competition Landscape by Key Players
3.1 Top Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Players by Market Size
3.1.1 Top Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Players by Revenue (2015-2020)
3.1.2 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue Market Share by Players (2015-2020)
3.1.3 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Share by Company Type (Tier 1, Tier Two and Tier 3)
3.2 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Concentration Ratio
3.2.1 Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market Concentration Ratio (Chapter Five: and HHI)
3.2.2 Top Chapter Ten: and Top 5 Companies by Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Revenue in 2020
3.3 Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Key Players Head office and Area Served
3.4 Key Players Data Acquisition System (DAQ) Product Solution and Service
3.5 Date of Enter into Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market
3.6 Mergers and acquisitions, expansion plans

Do you have a specific question or requirement? Ask our industry expert @ https://www.orbisresearch.com/contacts/enquiry-before-buying/6505604?utm_source=PoojaGIR

Looking to bring about successful business relationships with you!

Both primary and secondary methodologies have been used to study the precise market sales as well as its breakdowns. Comprehensive primary research, such as surveys, expert opinions, profiles and secondary ratings from business journals, industry directories, paid outlets and others, has been included in the examination of the data acquisition system (DAQ). In addition, the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market research analyzes data gathered from various industry analysts and major market players around the industry value chain to provide quantitative insight and concise qualitative. This research has been used to assess the major players in the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market, with accurate market shares estimated for primary and secondary research funding.

Why buy this report?
• This Data Acquisition (DAQ) System Market report includes an in-depth analysis of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System industry which helps you to understand the current market position and expected future growth.
• The report offers analysis of business driving variables and latest trends in the business.
• This report comprises the current economic state of the Data Acquisition (DAQ) System market clarifying it with SWOT analysis and BEP analysis.
• The report studies the top to bottom financial correlation of key players/competitors.

About Us:
Orbis Research (orbisresearch.com) is a one-stop-shop for all your market research needs. We have an extensive database of reports from leading publishers and authors around the world. We specialize in delivering customized reports according to our clients’ requirements. We have complete information about our publishers and therefore are sure of the accuracy of the industries and verticals of their specialization. This helps our clients map their needs and we produce the perfect market research required for our clients.

Contact us:
Hector Costello
Senior Client Engagement Manager
Central Highway 4144N,
Suite 600, Dallas,
Texas 75204, United States
Telephone number: United States: +1 (972)-362-8199 | IND: +91 895 659 5155

Syracuse leads the United States with the worst child poverty among major cities, according to the census


Syracuse, NY – Syracuse has the highest child poverty in the nation among cities with a population of at least 100,000, according to new census data released today.

The poverty rate for children under 18 is 48.4% in Syracuse, ranking the city ahead of places like Detroit and Cleveland. Two other upstate New York cities, Buffalo and Rochester, also made the list of the top 10 cities with the highest child poverty.

You can see the rankings for the country’s worst child poverty rates in the table below. If you don’t see the table, click here to open this story in a web browser.

Syracuse’s child poverty rate translates to more than 14,000 city children living below the poverty line. For a family of four with two children, poverty meant an annual income of less than $26,246 in 2020, according to the Census Bureau.

Syracuse also falls short on this measure among a larger group of cities with populations over 50,000. It has the fifth highest child poverty in the nation in this group, behind only Gary, Indiana; Youngtown, Ohio; Flint, Michigan and Canton, Ohio.

The situation of children under 5 in the city is even worse. The poverty rate for this age group is over 51%, #2 in the nation for cities with more than 100,000 people and #5 for cities with more than 50,000.

More than 4,400 children under age 5 in Syracuse live below the poverty line, according to census data.

The poverty figures come from the Census Bureau’s latest round of five-year population and population estimates. Estimates compile data from 2016 to 2020.

The office urged caution about the new estimates, given the disruptions the Covid-19 pandemic has caused to its data collection.

In 2020, the bureau collected only about two-thirds the number of surveys it uses to produce the estimates as it normally does. The margins of error for some figures are slightly higher than in some past years.

The margin of error for Syracuse’s child poverty rate, for example, is plus or minus 2.9 points for the 2020 estimates, up from 2.4 points in 2015.

And because the figures only cover the period from 2016 to 2020, they do not reflect the full effects of the pandemic on poverty. This includes both the economic crash that left thousands unemployed in Syracuse and federal relief efforts, many of which were aimed at alleviating poverty and did not arrive until 2021.

The bureau pointed out that the new estimates include the end of one of the longest economic expansions on record.

But the latest numbers generally follow Syracuse’s history. The city has struggled with high overall poverty and child poverty for years.

The city’s abysmal ranking in child poverty comes despite the fact that those numbers have actually improved since 2015, according to the Census Bureau.

Child poverty in Syracuse was 1.2 percentage points lower in 2020 than it was five years earlier. Other cities have simply seen bigger drops, pushing them lower on the list than Syracuse. Child poverty in Detroit has dropped nearly 10 points, for example.

Syracuse’s overall poverty rate has also improved since 2015, down 4.5 percentage points, though it also remains one of the worst in the country.

The city’s overall poverty rate of 30.3% ranks it 14th among U.S. cities with at least 50,000 residents and fourth among cities with more than 100,000 residents.

More than 38,000 people in the city live below the poverty line.

You can see the top 25 US cities with populations over 50,000 in the table below, ranked by poverty rate.

Poverty in Syracuse is more than twice the national average of 12.8% and New York State’s figure of 13.6%.

Almost every city on the top 25 lists of at least 50,000 and 100,000 people has seen declines in poverty, in some cases much larger than Syracuse. That means Syracuse’s overall poverty rankings haven’t changed much since 2015.

The city also has some of the highest poverty rates in the country among blacks and Hispanics.

The city has the highest poverty rate in the nation among Hispanics for cities with more than 100,000 residents at 42.9%. It is No. 6 for poverty among black residents at 40%.

These numbers are much higher than the figure for whites in Syracuse of 21.7%.

All of these poverty rates have improved since 2015.

The rate among Hispanic residents fell the most, dropping 6.2 percentage points. Poverty among black Syracusans fell 1.5 points and 3.1 points among whites.

Nationally, poverty fell in 49 states and Washington, D.C., and was essentially stable in Alaska from 2015 to 2020. No state saw an increase during the period, according to the Census Bureau. .

The charts and rankings in this story cover US state cities. They exclude Puerto Rico and other territories.

Contact Kevin Tampone at any time: E-mail | Twitter | Facebook | 315-282-8598

Some Minority Groups Missed Higher Rate in 2020 US Census | News


(AP) — Black, Hispanic and Native American residents were missed at higher rates than a decade ago in the 2020 census, according to a report released Thursday that assessed how well people counted once a decade. matched every U.S. resident.

Even though the 2020 census missed a surprisingly small percentage of the total U.S. population given the unprecedented challenges it faced, increasing undercount among some minority groups prompted an outcry from civil rights leaders who blamed political interference from the Trump administration, which tried unsuccessfully to add a citizenship question to the census form and curtail field operations.

“These numbers are devastating. Once again, we are seeing an overcount of white Americans and an undercount of black and Hispanic Americans,” National Urban League CEO Marc Morial said in a call with reporters. “I want to express in the strongest possible terms our outrage.”

The US Census Bureau’s post-count survey results showed that most racial and ethnic minorities were being neglected at statistically higher rates than a decade ago, with the Asian population being an exception. The survey measures whether certain populations were undercounted or overrepresented in the census. Overcounts occur, for example, if someone owns a vacation home and is counted there as well as at a permanent residence address.

The 2020 census black population had a net undercount of 3.3%, while it was almost 5% for Hispanics and 5.6% for American Indians and Native Americans. Alaska living on reservations. Those who identified with another race had a net undercount of 4.3%. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 1.6% and Asians had a net overcoverage of 2.6%, according to one of the reports.

In the 2010 census, by comparison, the black population had a net undercount of more than 2%, while it was 1.5% for the Hispanic population. There was an undercount of nearly 4.9% for Native Americans and Native Americans living on reservations, and it was 1.6% for people identifying with another race and 0.08% for Asians. The non-Hispanic white population had a net overcoverage of 0.8%.

The 2020 census missed 0.24% of the entire US population, a rate that was not statistically significant, while it missed 0.01% in the 2010 census.

The Post-Census Survey also showed that very young children aged 0-4 were undercounted by 2.79% in 2020, down from 0.72% in 2010, and tenants had a net undercount nearly 1.5% in 2020 compared to nearly 1.1% in 2010.

Census figures help determine the breakdown of $1.5 trillion in federal spending each year as well as the number of congressional seats each state gets. Any undercounts in various populations can reduce the amount of funding and political representation they get over the next decade.

In the years leading up to the 2020 census, supporters feared that a failed attempt by the Trump administration to add a citizenship question to the census questionnaire would deter Hispanics and immigrants from participating, whether they are legally or not in the country. The Trump administration also tried unsuccessfully to get the Census Bureau to illegally exclude locals from the numbers used to allocate congressional seats among states and to curtail the field operations schedule that had been extended in due to the pandemic.

In a conference call on Thursday, Census Bureau Director Robert Santos said many Latino communities across the United States had suffered during the pandemic from unemployment and housing insecurity, and that played a role in the undercount. But he added that the actions of the Trump administration may also have had an impact.

“I’m personally not surprised to see the results we’re seeing today,” said Santos, who was sworn in to the position earlier this year.

Arturo Vargas, CEO of NALEO Educational Fund, said he had never seen such a large undercount in the Hispanic population in the 35 years since the census.

“As you can imagine, we’re terribly — I can’t even find the word right now — upset about the extent of the Latino undercount,” Vargas said on the conference call.

About 70% of Native Americans live on reservations. James Tucker, chairman of a Census Bureau advisory committee, estimated the undercount resulted in at least 100,000 Native Americans on uncounted reservations and an annual loss of more than $300 million in federal funding for the Indian country.

“The substantial resources and efforts that tribes and national and local organizers have expended to get a full count in Indian Country have made a difference,” Tucker said. “Without these efforts, the undercount would undoubtedly have been much greater than it was.”

The pandemic has disrupted census operations and schedules, and made residents reluctant to open their doors to answer enumerators’ questions. Wildfires in the West and hurricanes on the Gulf Coast during the door-to-door phase of the count caused residents to flee their homes.

Two very big ideas that could fix America’s disastrous housing system


In many ways, the housing market in the United States is epically screwed up.

There are around 20 million households that spend more than a third of their income on housing. There is an estimated shortage of 6.8 million homes across the housing stock, an insufficient supply that reinforces these affordability issues. There are zoning laws that prohibit density in places where demand could easily support it. There are the powerful voices of landlords lobbying local authorities to block affordable housing development. There are the decades-long ramifications of racist housing policies.

[Photo: courtesy Brookings Institution Press]

Brookings Institution housing expert Jenny Schuetz dives headfirst into this snake pit in her new book Fixer-Upper: How to Fix Broken Housing Systems in the United States. As the name suggests, Schuetz knows the magnitude of the challenges facing housing in the United States. She also has an idea on how to solve them: stop building housing where it shouldn’t be and start building more housing where people really want it.

Stop building in the wrong places

Too many homes are being built in unsustainable places, says Schuetz. Climate change makes this all the more clear, “whether it’s Florida’s coastline awaiting sea level rise and hurricanes, or wildfire-prone areas across much of the ‘West,” says Schuetz. “We build houses in places that year after year are hit by climatic disasters, houses are destroyed and rebuilt in the same place.”

This cycle is not sustainable. And yet, insurance schemes, government-subsidized infrastructure, and short-sighted land use planning mean that building and rebuilding in these places is often done without considering the inherent risks.

“Households, developers, and mortgage lenders don’t pay the cost of the climate damage they create or the risk they incur,” Schuetz says. “The cost of all this climate damage caused by building in the wrong place is spread over many people, including a large portion that falls on the taxpayers of the United States.” A recent report by the Center for American Progress gives some raw numbers: in 2020, extreme weather events cost US taxpayers an estimated $99 billion.

Government-subsidized disaster recovery becomes tacit approval for building climate-risk homes in places that may be or have already been destroyed by extreme weather events. Homebuilders and homeowners see that even if a seemingly unlikely disaster were to occur, government stimulus funds would be there to help.

Similar government subsidies also signal to the market that developers can build homes in places where costs and labor are cheaper, but which are just as linked to climate change. As a result, development focused on exurban cars flourished in the United States.

“Part of that is driven by the demand for a low-density lifestyle. But it’s also something that we subsidize in a way that’s not easy to observe,” she says. The development of the peri-urban fringe is supported by these subsidies, and encouraged by peri-urban municipalities eager for a broader tax base. “The cost of building roads and all the other infrastructure that comes with houses, including water and sewer extension, is much more expensive to build in the suburbs, but that’s not borne by owners or developers.”

But Schuetz sees some signs that those conditions could change, especially when it comes to places that are at risk of a climate-related disaster. It could lead to more people choosing not to live in places they probably shouldn’t.

“Because the financial costs of issuing mortgages in these high-risk places show up on balance sheets, the financial industry is taking notice,” Schuetz said. “In places like California, the private insurance industry will at some point stop insuring homes in places that catch fire every year, and that will make people make decisions.”

Respond to demand where it is

The flip side is that while it’s easy to build in remote or at-risk locations where housing demand isn’t naturally high, it’s difficult to build in the kind of in-demand urban areas that many people would like to live. It is sometimes a problem of expensive land, which makes it difficult for finances to work on all but the most expensive dwellings. It is also a question of financing local authorities. With schools and parks relying on property taxes, cities have an incentive to approve larger homes that will bring in more money for taxpayers.

Even more pernicious, according to Schuetz, is the power cities give existing landlords to veto new developments. “Over the past 30 to 40 years, we’ve gone for a very discretionary development process,” she says. “Each proposal is evaluated on its merits on a case-by-case basis.” For homeowners sensitive to any impact on their home’s value, it’s easy to find an argument against a new affordable housing project or even a slightly higher density.

Schuetz says there are small signs of change that could shake that kind of filibuster that is not in my backyard. Zoning reform in cities like Minneapolis has made it much easier to approve multi-family housing projects, and other places are taking similar steps. “There’s definitely more political momentum for zoning reform than there’s ever been,” Schuetz says.

States can help, she argues, by using their power over local governments to set standards for how they manage growth and development. A high-profile effort to effect such change narrowly failed in California, but Schuetz says places like Idaho and Virginia could be close to success.

“We don’t need all 50 states to do zoning reform, we need maybe six to eight where it’s the biggest problem,” she says. “If a few large states succeed and start making progress, it will actually reduce our national housing shortage.”

Ballots are by mail. Here’s what to know about voting in Anchorage’s April election.


About 210,000 ballots were mailed Tuesday for the April 5 municipal elections in Anchorage.

This year, voters will decide on five Assembly seats and two School Board seats, each with multiple candidates. Voters will also see several bond proposals on their ballots, including $45.6 million in city bond packages and a $111 million school district bond proposal.

Assembly members are chosen only by voters living in their district, while school board members are elected at-large, which means that all voters in Anchorage will see the full list of school board nominees on their ballots.

There are four incumbent Assembly members running against a slate, with seats up for grabs in District 3 – West Anchorage, District 4 – Midtown, District 5 – East Anchorage, District 6 – South Anchorage and District 2 – Eagle River, where there is no incumbent in the race.

Two outgoing school board members, including the current board chair, are running against multiple challengers.

Voters can find a FAQslist of candidates and a list of voting proposals on the Municipal Elections website.

Although Anchorage switched to a mail-in voting system in 2018, residents have several options for voting. Voters can also vote in person at any of the city’s three voting centers, send their ballot by mail, or request to vote by fax or email. The city also has 18 secure drop boxes open from Tuesday where voters can return their ballot until 8 p.m. on Election Day.

Mailed-in ballots must be postmarked on or before Election Day, and voters returning their ballot envelopes the day before or on Election Day should have a postal worker hand stamp the envelope with a postmark to ensure their ballot is counted.

Requests to vote by fax or email must be received at the City Clerk’s office no later than March 29 at 5:00 p.m. Call the voters hotline (907-243-8683) or email a nomination at [email protected] Voters who are temporarily away from home can request that a ballot be mailed to them where they are, but must complete an application to vote at a temporary address by March 29 at 5 p.m.

This year, the city is implementing a new ballot tracking system, so that Anchorage voters who register for the system at anchoragevotes.com can get automatic updates via text, email or phone call on the status of their ballot. Residents can also call the Voter Helpline at 907-243-8683 to find out if their ballot envelope has been received and processed.

Although the election team begins processing envelopes and ballots several days before Election Day, there will be no voting results until around 8:30 p.m. on Election Day – and those results will be preliminary.

Because ballots will continue to arrive at the electoral center in the mail after Election Day, counts will continue to change, perhaps until the day the Assembly certifies the vote. This is because a ballot from a foreign voter that is postmarked on or before election day can be received and counted until noon on the day the vote is certified.

Regular mail-in ballots will be accepted until the public canvassing session, which is scheduled for April 18, according to the election schedule.

The Anchorage Assembly is due to certify the results of the vote on April 26, according to the election schedule.

Voters who have recently moved and have not yet updated their address in the state’s voter registration database can call the Voter Helpline at 907-243-8683 to ask a ballot to a new address.

All three Anchorage voting centers will open for in-person voting on Monday, March 28. Locations are at City Hall, 632 West 6th Ave., Room #155; Downtown Eagle River, 12001 Business Blvd., Community Hall #170; and the Loussac Library, 3600 Denali Street, in the Assembly Chamber.

The Eagle River voting center will only have Chugiak-Eagle River ballots.

Voting center hours:

• 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. on weekdays, from March 29 to April 4 and from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturday April 2.

• From 12 p.m. to 5 p.m., Sunday 3 April.

• 7:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m. on Election Day, Tuesday, April 5.

Future: Conduct surveys of all applicants.

National Housing Corporation again under investigation for awarding $1 million pre-election contract


Housing Minister Richard Frederick said his department would commission an investigation into the award of a million dollar contract to paint CDC buildings in Central Castries just before the last general election.

Addressing Parliament on Tuesday during the presentation of the $9.8 million Supplementary Budget by Finance Minister Philip J Pierre, Minister Frederick expressed concern that the contract price for the paint work awarded by the NHC was far greater than the value of the paint work done on the CDC apartments.

According to the Minister, the evaluations of the work carried out were not greater than $50,000.

Additionally, he added that the contractual arrangements made by the NHC board for the painting of the CDC apartments were outside of his purview.

While the contract was awarded barely “three weeks before” the last general election on July 26, 2021, the minister questioned the real reason for awarding a contract which he considered to be very inflated.

As a result, he said, his ministry will order an audit of the related works to determine the merits and merits of settling the claim for payment of the said contract.

This is not the first audit publicly promised by Minister Frederick, who late last year also indicated that his ministry would undertake a forensic audit of how the NHC handled its finances between 2016 and 2021.

Tenders have already been issued by qualified individuals to undertake a forensic audit of the operation of the NHC during the last administration.

Post views:

The historically adjusted unemployment rate falls to 3.0% in January


by Timothy McQuiston, Vermont Business Magazine Vermont’s statewide seasonally adjusted unemployment rate for January was 3.0%. This reflects a decrease of one tenth from December. The adjusted population and labor force estimates resulted in an overall increase in the number of unemployed in Vermont. The December 2021 rate has been adjusted upwards to 3.1% compared to the original estimate of 2.5%. At the beginning of each year, the Vermont Department of Labor adjusts rates based on revised US Census data. This results in a lag in the communication of the January rate. It can also result in significant readjustments from previous months, such as this year.

Vermont’s labor force has shrunk by more than 26,000 since January 2019, just before the pandemic hit the state. But the new estimates show an increase in the labor force compared to last year and last month, while the number of unemployed continues to rise. The increase in the number of employees slightly offset last month’s losses. All of this resulted in a higher starting point for last year’s data.

Meanwhile, the comparable rate in the United States in January was 4.0%, up one-tenth of a percentage point from the revised December estimate.

Vermont’s seasonally adjusted data for January shows Vermont’s civilian labor force increased by 777 from the previous month’s revised estimate (see Table 1). The number of employed persons increased by 941 and the number of unemployed fell by 164. The change in the number of employed persons was statistically significant in the seasonally adjusted series.

Vermont Labor Commissioner Michael Harrington said, “While this news release announces new monthly data, it also marks the re-release of historical data for calendar year 2021, which occurs concurrently with the January numbers. . This is more visible this year as partial results from the 2020 census are incorporated into statistical models for the first time. Most notably, the 2020 census results reflected an unexpected increase in Vermont’s population to 643,077. This population increase translated into an increase in all major components of the labor force. Even though labor force and employment estimates have been re-estimated at higher levels, statistical models still identify a significant decline in the labor force and the number of employed people after the onset of the “COVID recession”. Compared to January 2019, estimates for January 2022 show a decline of more than 26,000 Vermonters in the labor force, a significant change in a very short time. As Vermont continues to recover, the Department of Labor has expanded its business services team and added a foreign labor specialist to meet the needs of Vermont job seekers and employers. If you are looking for a job or have a job opening, be sure to visit VermontJobLink.com.

January unemployment rates for Vermont’s 17 labor market areas ranged from 2.6% in White River Junction to 6.9% in Derby (note: local labor market area unemployment rates are not shown). seasonally adjusted – see Table 2). For comparison, the unadjusted January unemployment rate for Vermont was 3.5%, which represents an increase of one percentage point from the unadjusted revised December level and a decrease of nine tenths of a percentage point. a percentage point from a year ago.

Analysis of employment changes by industry

January’s seasonally adjusted data show an increase of 400 jobs over December’s revised data. There was an increase of 1,700 jobs between the preliminary and revised December estimates due to the inclusion of more data. The seasonally adjusted changes in the month in January varied at the industry level. Those that experienced a notable increase are: mining and logging (+100 jobs or +12.5%) and construction (+300 jobs or +2.0%). Industries with notable declines include: private educational services (-300 jobs or -2.5%) and arts, entertainment and recreation (-100 or -2.4%).

Preliminary “unadjusted” employment estimates for January show a decrease of 8,400 jobs from the revised December figures. As with the “seasonally adjusted” data, this change in the month comes from the revised December figures which saw an increase of 100 jobs compared to the preliminary estimates. The broader economic picture can be seen by focusing on the changes over the year in this data series. As detailed in preliminary “unadjusted” January data, total private industries increased by 10,000 jobs (+4.3%) and government employment (including public education) increased by 1. 800 jobs (+3.5%) over the past year. .

The February unemployment and employment report is scheduled for release on Friday, March 25, 2022 at 10:00 a.m. View the most recent report from our Labor Market Information division at http://www.vtlmi.info/press.pdf.

Source: Vermont Department of Labor 3.14.2022

Census: Black population increases in suburbs, decreases in cities


CHICAGO (AP) — An area staple with its wagon-wheel decor and “Roy Rogers ribeye,” The Ranch Steak House is fighting to reopen as one of the last restaurants sitting in the once-thriving neighborhood of Black Chicago to Roseland.

About 13 miles (21 kilometers) near Indiana, Christopher Cain and his wife Deja Cousins-Cain sought a new market for their wine bar that promises “Good Vibes Only”, settling in the suburb of Lansing, where growth has included a steady increase in black inhabitants.

The two enclaves of about 30,000 people reflect how patterns of black migration in the 21st century are changing the composition of metropolitan areas nationwide. For decades, black residents have moved out of some of the nation’s largest cities while suburbs have seen an increase in their black population. Both of these trends have now spread to even more parts of the country, according to the 2020 U.S. Census.

The patterns echo the “white flight” that upset urban landscapes in the 20th century. Like those who left cities before them, black residents often move out of concern for crime and a desire for reputable schools, affordable housing and amenities. But there are key differences: Leaving black neighborhoods in the city that lack investment is often more of a necessity than a choice, and those who settle into new suburban lives often find racial inequities there too.

From 1990 to 2000, 13 of the largest cities in the United States lost black residents. In 2020, it was 23. According to the census, about 54% of black residents in the 100 largest U.S. metropolitan areas were commuters in 2020, up from 43% two decades ago, according to Bill Frey of the Brookings Institution.

While New York, Los Angeles and Philadelphia all lost black residents from 2010 to 2020, the change was particularly notable in Chicago, which gained in population but lost 85,000 black people, the highest number after Detroit, according to the 2020 census. These numbers could vary slightly, as the Census Bureau reported last week that 3.3% of the black population was undercounted in the 2020 census, a higher rate than in 2010.

The official tally revealed that a section of Roseland measuring less than 1 square mile lost 1,600 black residents. Now, the area near where former President Barack Obama was a community organizer — located about 20 minutes south of downtown — doesn’t even have a grocery store. That makes Judy Ware, who bought the Ranch restaurant in 2018, more determined to hang on.

“We’re proud to try to keep this institution in the neighborhood,” she said. “It’s necessary.”

For others, however, the suburbs offer a new choice.

Cousins-Cain and her husband found themselves choosing Lansing, who was not always friendly to black people.

Settled by Dutch and German immigrants, the city has seen an increase of around 50% in its black residents, who now make up nearly half of the population. Lansing recently elected its first black director.

“It feels like we finally have the opportunity to bring something to the table and bring something to the conversation,” Cousins-Cain said.


The trends are nuanced. Part of the explanation is that black residents continue to move to Southern cities in a reversal of the Great Migration, a movement that began in the 1910s and led millions of people to leave the South for the northern towns in order to escape discrimination. But more recently, some of the most dramatic changes are occurring in metropolitan areas as the suburbs of major cities see black population growth.

Black residents, who made up about 40% of Chicago’s population in 1980, now make up less than 30%. Their presence grew, meanwhile, in dozens of Chicago suburbs from 2010 to 2020.

Chicagoans and demographers have no shortage of reasons for the urban exodus:

— The decline of the steel industry and blue-collar jobs from the 1970s. — The War on Drugs. — The dismantling of social housing in the 2000s which displaced thousands of black residents. — School closures in 2014 that disproportionately affected black and Latino children.

“It’s really hard to point to one specific thing,” said Dan Cooper, research director at the Metropolitan Planning Council in Chicago. “And when you look at the confluence of factors, black people haven’t been politically centered or they’re centered in the wrong way.”

Chicago, long a segregated city, continues to report disparate results by race when it comes to home ownership, income, access to transportation and more. In Roseland, residents note persistent crime, delayed city services, and a train line that ends at the northern edge of Roseland. Concerns persist that population loss is diluting black political power, as drafts of a political remapping show fewer black-majority neighborhoods.

Many said these problems forced them to leave.

Truck driver Chris Calhoun, 32, sought more peace in the southern suburbs of Holland in 2014.

The deciding factor for him, he said, was, “Where can I live where my kids can go out and ride their bikes, or we can ride around the block as a family without looking over my shoulder. ?”

Crystal Fenn left in 2015 for law school in suburban Atlanta, where she is now a lawyer.

“If you could do something better for yourself, why would you want to be there? ” she says. “The lack of economic dollars, it’s almost like the city doesn’t care about Roseland anymore.”

Once a Dutch enclave, Roseland was annexed to Chicago in 1892. Within decades there was an influx of black families.

Marc Pullins, 56, remembers four nearby grocery stores and has fond memories of Kohn Elementary School.

“Half the neighborhood went to this school,” said Pullins, a current resident and activist. “They are all gone.”

Kohn is located in the section of Roseland that lost over 1,600 black residents. The school is vacant, a green “For Sale” sign in front. It is among some 55 schools targeted by former mayor Rahm Emanuel during the country’s largest mass school closure.

Nearby homes and businesses, including a candy store, are closed. The vacancies stretch along a once-thriving commercial corridor that Preservation Chicago has called one of Chicago’s “most endangered places.”

Kisha Pleasant, 41, bought her first home in Roseland, but violence and dwindling amenities drove her away.

“I can’t retire in this field,” she says. “I want to go out and I don’t want to be afraid of someone shooting me.”

Last year she moved to Lansing.


Sameerah and Jerrell Miller moved their daughter to a leafy Lansing street six years ago after living in Chicago and nearby Oak Park.

They bought a house near a big school for less than they would have paid in Chicago. Lansing’s median home price is around $195,000, less than half the city’s median.

“Lansing, to this day, still has kids playing outside in the summer,” Jerrell Miller said. “You don’t really get that around town without worrying.”

The growing black population prompted Micaela Smith, who moved to Lansing in 2002, to run for office. She became the suburb’s first black female administrator last year, after a difficult campaign in the predominantly white suburb.

“I had to do more persuasion to convince voters,” Smith said.

Activists say Lansing has had its fair share of race-related issues. In 2017, a black teenager was restrained and threatened by an off-duty white police officer, a confrontation that led to the city reaching a memorandum of understanding with activists and the US Department of Justice.

Pastor David Bigsby of In The Upper Room Ministries recently held a community appeal about disproportionate traffic stops, noting that a major thoroughfare divides black and white residents widely.

“It’s still segregated in the city,” he said.

Yet the 76-year-old, who moved into the rectory six years ago, now has around 250 worshipers, an increase of around 20%.

Lansing also sees a boost in black-owned businesses. Cain and Cousins-Cain opened their chic SL Wine Bar last year, with R&B and jazz in the mood. Support, especially from black customers, has been strong.

“We want our own version of ‘Cheers’,” Cousins ​​said.


Residents of Roseland who remain are proud of Obama’s work there and say they have seen signs of recovery.

Chicago officials recently launched a $750 million program to improve neglected neighborhoods, including Roseland, and have detailed plans for a train line expansion. The Greater Roseland Chamber of Commerce hopes a community hospital will become a medical district.

Judy Ware is preparing to resume table service at the Ranch after battling the coronavirus pandemic. A fire started during the unrest following the murder of George Floyd in Minneapolis destroyed the restaurant’s interior, and takeout-only food could not sustain the business, which has been in operation for more than 50 years.

After renaming it Ware Ranch Steak House and installing new flooring and orange cabins, Ware is feeling optimistic as it prepares to reopen this month.

“If we can weather the storm, I think we’ll be fine on the other side,” she said. “There are a lot of things waiting to happen at Roseland.”

Revealed: Kāinga Ora has spent more than $24 million of taxpayers’ money in four years to renovate his own offices


Kāinga Ora has spent $24,354,759 of taxpayers’ money over the past four years on office renovations.

The most significant expenditures took place during the last fiscal year:

  • $230,661 went on panels
  • $829,797 for a complete fit-up and renovation in Christchurch
  • $5.5 million for a complete office fit-up in Newmarket
  • $12 million for a total renovation of its Wellington headquarters.

“I think New Zealanders will find it hard to understand why this government is prioritizing multi-million dollar renovations for swanky new offices,” National Housing spokeswoman Nicola Willis said.

But when asked how bad the millions of dollars spent on office renovations are, Woods had a different perspective.

“It looks very good. It shows an organization rebuilding itself over a four-year period from an organization that had been reduced to a state house pushback agency.”

It’s a change of tone from Labor when it was in opposition in 2016 and Housing New Zealand spent $3million on office refurbishments.

“It’s just not really,” said then-Housing party spokesman Phil Twyford.

While Kāinga Ora spends millions on itself, it admitted in its last annual report that only 21% of its homes met Healthy Homes standards, meaning 54,000 homes failed.

“And yet, housing officials are prioritizing its office upgrades,” Willis says.

In a statement, Kāinga Ora told Newshub that he had spent $12 million on his Wellington headquarters because the organization had “undergone significant growth”, which required “appropriate and suitable office space for the business.” ‘use”.

Fit-up costs were “at the lower end of comparable public sector projects at $1,600 per square metre”.

“Houses don’t magically build and houses don’t magically renovate — you have to have staff to do that,” Woods says.

Office renovations are a hard pill to swallow for families desperately waiting to move into a home.

Keela, along with her partner and two children, are among the 25,000 currently homeless households on Kāinga Ora’s waiting list.

They were all moved to a hotel in central Wellington on Tuesday where Kāinga Ora is hosting families awaiting accommodation.

“I’ve been on the waiting list for about three years now,” he says.

He doesn’t want to be ungrateful, but he hates it. There is nowhere to park and in one week he received nearly $1,000 in parking fines that he cannot afford. Now her son has COVID-19.

“Since we arrived in Wellington, everything has been bad, everything is crap.”

Although yes, Kāinga Ora needs offices to work in, when the waiting list for a house is 25,000 households long – and almost 80% of state houses do not meet the government’s own healthy house standards – spending millions and millions on new offices seems completely disconnected.

State population decreased but increased in Picayune, Pearl River County – Picayune


Pearl River County is in a prime position for growth, but some hurdles need to be overcome.

This was the general message provided by Alan Barefield, extension professor of agricultural economics in the extension service at Mississippi State University, during his presentation to members of the Greater Picayune, Pearl River Area Chamber of Commerce. County.

During the presentation, attendees learned that statewide the population dropped in 2020. However, in Pearl River County, the city of Picayune and the county as a whole saw slight growth, from 10,878 to 11,885 in the city and from 55,834 in the county. at 56,145. This put the county in 16th place in the state in population.

According to Barefield’s presentation, a large number of young people have been added to the population. He believes employment at the Stennis Space Center played a part in this since most of the center’s employees live here. This fact leads him to suspect that the population could increase further if these young people decide to stay here to start a family.

However, the declining statewide population almost meant that Mississippi would have lost a seat in Congress. Most of the state’s population loss has been seen in the delta.

Another change observed from the census was the way people identified themselves. He said there had been a 258% increase in the number of residents who identified as dual races, from 191 in the 2010 census to 684 in the 2020 census.

Housing within the Picayune city limits also saw an increase, from 4,891 to 5,356 housing units.

The number of people with a GED or diploma has been calculated at around 81%, and the number of people with a bachelor’s degree still sits at around 16.8%. As for the median income in the city and county, these numbers show that in the city the median annual income is around $30,000 and in the county that figure is $46,901.

Most jobs in this county are considered to be in the public sector. Barefield was quick to add that the statistic is not necessarily an indication that there are too many people working in government, as the statistic includes healthcare workers who work for Highland Community Hospital and the Pearl River County Hospital and Retirement Home as Forrest Health System owns or operates these facilities respectively. Government jobs also include those in education and local government. Barefield said the highest concentration of revenue was in state and local governments.

The second highest employment sector in this county is retail.

In terms of the economic status of the city and county, this area has to contend with the lure of businesses offered in surrounding areas, such as Slidell, which are not located in Picayune. To combat the leaks associated with this fact, he suggested the community engage in a shop local campaign. As for attracting the next steakhouse chain to the area, he said many businesses consider population when looking for new locations.

Other factors currently affecting businesses are supply shortages, rising energy costs and difficulty finding and retaining employees. Barefield said he heard a recent report that soaring gas prices will likely last at least until November, but he reminded attendees that the market is fluid. and events occurring abroad may play a role.

To combat the supply shortage, as with operating supplies, he suggested companies could band together to place large orders of items they can share.

Russia to include electronics companies on list of essential businesses – report


Customers inspect cookers at an electronics store in Stavropol, southern Russia December 17, 2014. REUTERS/Eduard Korniyenko (RUSSIA – Tags: BUSINESS)

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


March 12 (Reuters) – Russia’s trade and finance ministries will widen the criteria for systematically important companies to include firms in the electronics sector, the TASS news agency quoted the deputy prime minister as saying on Saturday. Dmitry Chernyshenko.

The Russian government on Friday offered a series of support measures, including some for suppliers to state-owned companies and the IT sector, as it seeks to weather the impact of Western sanctions on its economy. Read more

“The most important task for us is to develop our products and accelerate the substitution of imports with what was imported from outside,” Chernyshenko said.

He said the support of companies in the electronic sector was needed from the banking system.

“In all sectors of the economy there are now preferential loans and subsidized rates, and the possibility of preferential loans through regional budgets is also being considered,” Chernyshenko said.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Reuters reporting; Editing by Kevin Liffey and Andrew Heavens

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

STATIN seeks to recruit 8,000 people for the population and housing census


Jamaicans looking to earn a temporary income are invited to apply to become enumerators and supervisors for the 2022 Population and Housing Census.

The Statistical Institute of Jamaica (STATIN) has indicated that recruitment is to begin on Sunday March 13 and end on Sunday April 3, 2022. The institute is seeking to recruit 8,000 enumerators from all parishes for the census collection exercise. data which is expected to start in September.

STATIN’s director of corporate communications, Georgia Garvey-Green, said applications will only be accepted online. The application form is available on the STTIN website at www.statinja.gov.jm/

Garvey-Green said people 18 and older who have reached high school or who have worked with STATIN on previous surveys are eligible to apply.

“You can see it as you help your community and help the government and STATIN understand the demographics of your community so the data can be available to make informed decisions not just by government but by individuals, the world of business and civil society organizations,” she said.

The communications manager stressed that being a census worker is a “paid job” that allows people to choose whether they want to collect the data in the afternoons or on weekends.

“People who are employed or unemployed can therefore apply…they can do it part-time and they can set the times, in conjunction with their supervisors, that they go out and collect the data,” he said. -she adds.

Data collection is expected to end in December 2022, after which the information is to be compiled, analyzed and a census report produced.

The exercise is normally carried out once every 10 years and allows the country to take a snapshot of its population to determine how many people reside within its borders, who they are and where they live. It is intended to count everyone in the country.

The 15th Population and Housing Census was originally scheduled for 2021, but was delayed due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The last census was carried out in 2011.